blob: 1f57b26c9efc435d599be43d6eac45e492315127 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001//===--- SemaChecking.cpp - Extra Semantic Checking -----------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000010// This file implements extra semantic analysis beyond what is enforced
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000011// by the C type system.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
John McCall5f8d6042011-08-27 01:09:30 +000015#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
Douglas Gregore737f502010-08-12 20:07:10 +000016#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
John McCall2d887082010-08-25 22:03:47 +000017#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +000018#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +000019#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
John McCall781472f2010-08-25 08:40:02 +000020#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +000021#include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h"
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +000023#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
John McCall384aff82010-08-25 07:42:41 +000024#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000025#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +000026#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Ted Kremenek23245122007-08-20 16:18:38 +000027#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +000028#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +000029#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +000030#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
31#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
32#include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h"
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000033#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +000034#include "llvm/ADT/BitVector.h"
Benjamin Kramer8fe83e12012-02-04 13:45:25 +000035#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +000036#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Tom Care3bfc5f42010-06-09 04:11:11 +000037#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +000038#include "clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h"
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +000039#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +000040#include "clang/Basic/ConvertUTF.h"
Zhongxing Xua1f3dba2009-05-20 01:55:10 +000041#include <limits>
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000042using namespace clang;
John McCall781472f2010-08-25 08:40:02 +000043using namespace sema;
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000044
Chris Lattner60800082009-02-18 17:49:48 +000045SourceLocation Sema::getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
46 unsigned ByteNo) const {
Chris Lattner08f92e32010-11-17 07:37:15 +000047 return SL->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo, PP.getSourceManager(),
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +000048 PP.getLangOpts(), PP.getTargetInfo());
Chris Lattner60800082009-02-18 17:49:48 +000049}
50
John McCall8e10f3b2011-02-26 05:39:39 +000051/// Checks that a call expression's argument count is the desired number.
52/// This is useful when doing custom type-checking. Returns true on error.
53static bool checkArgCount(Sema &S, CallExpr *call, unsigned desiredArgCount) {
54 unsigned argCount = call->getNumArgs();
55 if (argCount == desiredArgCount) return false;
56
57 if (argCount < desiredArgCount)
58 return S.Diag(call->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
59 << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
60 << call->getSourceRange();
61
62 // Highlight all the excess arguments.
63 SourceRange range(call->getArg(desiredArgCount)->getLocStart(),
64 call->getArg(argCount - 1)->getLocEnd());
65
66 return S.Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
67 << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
68 << call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
69}
70
Julien Lerougee5939212012-04-28 17:39:16 +000071/// Check that the first argument to __builtin_annotation is an integer
72/// and the second argument is a non-wide string literal.
73static bool SemaBuiltinAnnotation(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
74 if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 2))
75 return true;
76
77 // First argument should be an integer.
78 Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
79 QualType Ty = ValArg->getType();
80 if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
81 S.Diag(ValArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_first_arg)
82 << ValArg->getSourceRange();
Julien Lerouge77f68bb2011-09-09 22:41:49 +000083 return true;
84 }
Julien Lerougee5939212012-04-28 17:39:16 +000085
86 // Second argument should be a constant string.
87 Expr *StrArg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
88 StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(StrArg);
89 if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
90 S.Diag(StrArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_second_arg)
91 << StrArg->getSourceRange();
92 return true;
93 }
94
95 TheCall->setType(Ty);
Julien Lerouge77f68bb2011-09-09 22:41:49 +000096 return false;
97}
98
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +000099ExprResult
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000100Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000101 ExprResult TheCallResult(Owned(TheCall));
Douglas Gregor2def4832008-11-17 20:34:05 +0000102
Chris Lattner946928f2010-10-01 23:23:24 +0000103 // Find out if any arguments are required to be integer constant expressions.
104 unsigned ICEArguments = 0;
105 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
106 Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error, &ICEArguments);
107 if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
108 ICEArguments = 0; // Don't diagnose previously diagnosed errors.
109
110 // If any arguments are required to be ICE's, check and diagnose.
111 for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ICEArguments != 0; ++ArgNo) {
112 // Skip arguments not required to be ICE's.
113 if ((ICEArguments & (1 << ArgNo)) == 0) continue;
114
115 llvm::APSInt Result;
116 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNo, Result))
117 return true;
118 ICEArguments &= ~(1 << ArgNo);
119 }
120
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000121 switch (BuiltinID) {
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +0000122 case Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString:
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +0000123 assert(TheCall->getNumArgs() == 1 &&
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +0000124 "Wrong # arguments to builtin CFStringMakeConstantString");
Chris Lattner69039812009-02-18 06:01:06 +0000125 if (CheckObjCString(TheCall->getArg(0)))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000126 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000127 break;
Ted Kremenek49ff7a12008-07-09 17:58:53 +0000128 case Builtin::BI__builtin_stdarg_start:
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +0000129 case Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000130 if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall))
131 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000132 break;
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +0000133 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater:
134 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal:
135 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless:
136 case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal:
137 case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater:
138 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000139 if (SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(TheCall))
140 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000141 break;
Benjamin Kramere771a7a2010-02-15 22:42:31 +0000142 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify:
143 if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 6))
144 return ExprError();
145 break;
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +0000146 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite:
147 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf:
148 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign:
149 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan:
150 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal:
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +0000151 if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 1))
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +0000152 return ExprError();
153 break;
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +0000154 case Builtin::BI__builtin_shufflevector:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000155 return SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(TheCall);
156 // TheCall will be freed by the smart pointer here, but that's fine, since
157 // SemaBuiltinShuffleVector guts it, but then doesn't release it.
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +0000158 case Builtin::BI__builtin_prefetch:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000159 if (SemaBuiltinPrefetch(TheCall))
160 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000161 break;
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +0000162 case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000163 if (SemaBuiltinObjectSize(TheCall))
164 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000165 break;
Eli Friedmand875fed2009-05-03 04:46:36 +0000166 case Builtin::BI__builtin_longjmp:
167 if (SemaBuiltinLongjmp(TheCall))
168 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000169 break;
John McCall8e10f3b2011-02-26 05:39:39 +0000170
171 case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type:
172 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
173 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
174 break;
Chris Lattner75c29a02010-10-12 17:47:42 +0000175 case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p:
John McCall8e10f3b2011-02-26 05:39:39 +0000176 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
177 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
Chris Lattner75c29a02010-10-12 17:47:42 +0000178 break;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000179 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000180 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
181 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
182 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
183 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
184 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000185 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000186 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
187 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
188 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
189 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
190 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000191 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000192 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
193 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
194 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
195 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
196 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000197 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000198 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
199 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
200 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
201 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
202 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000203 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000204 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
205 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
206 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
207 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
208 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000209 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000210 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
211 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
212 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
213 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
214 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000215 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000216 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
217 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
218 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
219 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
220 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000221 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000222 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
223 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
224 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
225 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
226 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000227 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000228 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
229 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
230 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
231 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
232 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000233 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000234 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
235 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
236 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
237 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
238 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000239 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000240 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
241 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
242 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
243 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
244 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000245 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000246 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
247 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
248 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
249 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
250 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000251 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000252 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
253 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
254 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
255 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
256 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000257 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000258 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
259 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
260 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
261 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
262 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
Chris Lattner23aa9c82011-04-09 03:57:26 +0000263 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000264 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
265 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
266 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
267 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
268 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000269 return SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(move(TheCallResult));
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000270#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)
271#define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) \
272 case Builtin::BI##ID: \
273 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult), AtomicExpr::AO##ID);
274#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def"
Julien Lerouge77f68bb2011-09-09 22:41:49 +0000275 case Builtin::BI__builtin_annotation:
Julien Lerougee5939212012-04-28 17:39:16 +0000276 if (SemaBuiltinAnnotation(*this, TheCall))
Julien Lerouge77f68bb2011-09-09 22:41:49 +0000277 return ExprError();
278 break;
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000279 }
280
281 // Since the target specific builtins for each arch overlap, only check those
282 // of the arch we are compiling for.
283 if (BuiltinID >= Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin) {
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000284 switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000285 case llvm::Triple::arm:
286 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
287 if (CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
288 return ExprError();
289 break;
Simon Atanasyanfad0a322012-07-08 09:30:00 +0000290 case llvm::Triple::mips:
291 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
292 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
293 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
294 if (CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
295 return ExprError();
296 break;
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000297 default:
298 break;
299 }
300 }
301
302 return move(TheCallResult);
303}
304
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000305// Get the valid immediate range for the specified NEON type code.
306static unsigned RFT(unsigned t, bool shift = false) {
Bob Wilsonda95f732011-11-08 01:16:11 +0000307 NeonTypeFlags Type(t);
308 int IsQuad = Type.isQuad();
309 switch (Type.getEltType()) {
310 case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
311 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
312 return shift ? 7 : (8 << IsQuad) - 1;
313 case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
314 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
315 return shift ? 15 : (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
316 case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
317 return shift ? 31 : (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
318 case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
319 return shift ? 63 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
320 case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
321 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
322 return (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
323 case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
324 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
325 return (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000326 }
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000327 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000328}
329
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000330/// getNeonEltType - Return the QualType corresponding to the elements of
331/// the vector type specified by the NeonTypeFlags. This is used to check
332/// the pointer arguments for Neon load/store intrinsics.
333static QualType getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags Flags, ASTContext &Context) {
334 switch (Flags.getEltType()) {
335 case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
336 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
337 case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
338 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
339 case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
340 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
341 case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
342 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
343 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
344 return Context.SignedCharTy;
345 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
346 return Context.ShortTy;
347 case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
348 return Context.UnsignedShortTy;
349 case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
350 return Context.FloatTy;
351 }
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000352 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000353}
354
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000355bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000356 llvm::APSInt Result;
357
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000358 unsigned mask = 0;
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000359 unsigned TV = 0;
Bob Wilson46482552011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000360 int PtrArgNum = -1;
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000361 bool HasConstPtr = false;
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000362 switch (BuiltinID) {
Nate Begemana23326b2010-06-17 04:17:01 +0000363#define GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
364#include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
365#undef GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000366 }
367
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000368 // For NEON intrinsics which are overloaded on vector element type, validate
369 // the immediate which specifies which variant to emit.
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000370 unsigned ImmArg = TheCall->getNumArgs()-1;
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000371 if (mask) {
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000372 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ImmArg, Result))
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000373 return true;
374
Bob Wilsonda95f732011-11-08 01:16:11 +0000375 TV = Result.getLimitedValue(64);
376 if ((TV > 63) || (mask & (1 << TV)) == 0)
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000377 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_neon_type_code)
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000378 << TheCall->getArg(ImmArg)->getSourceRange();
379 }
380
Bob Wilson46482552011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000381 if (PtrArgNum >= 0) {
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000382 // Check that pointer arguments have the specified type.
Bob Wilson46482552011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000383 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgNum);
384 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Arg))
385 Arg = ICE->getSubExpr();
386 ExprResult RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Arg);
387 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
388 QualType EltTy = getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags(TV), Context);
389 if (HasConstPtr)
390 EltTy = EltTy.withConst();
391 QualType LHSTy = Context.getPointerType(EltTy);
392 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
393 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
394 if (RHS.isInvalid())
395 return true;
396 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Arg->getLocStart(), LHSTy, RHSTy,
397 RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
398 return true;
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000399 }
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000400
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000401 // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the
402 // instruction, range check them here.
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000403 unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000404 switch (BuiltinID) {
405 default: return false;
Nate Begemanbb37f502010-07-29 22:48:34 +0000406 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ssat: i = 1; l = 1; u = 31; break;
407 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_usat: i = 1; u = 31; break;
Nate Begeman99c40bb2010-08-03 21:32:34 +0000408 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_f:
409 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_d: i = 1; u = 1; break;
Nate Begemana23326b2010-06-17 04:17:01 +0000410#define GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
411#include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
412#undef GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000413 };
414
Douglas Gregor592a4232012-06-29 01:05:22 +0000415 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
416 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
417 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
418 return false;
419
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000420 // Check that the immediate argument is actually a constant.
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000421 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result))
422 return true;
423
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000424 // Range check against the upper/lower values for this isntruction.
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000425 unsigned Val = Result.getZExtValue();
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000426 if (Val < l || Val > (u + l))
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000427 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Benjamin Kramer476d8b82010-08-11 14:47:12 +0000428 << l << u+l << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000429
Nate Begeman99c40bb2010-08-03 21:32:34 +0000430 // FIXME: VFP Intrinsics should error if VFP not present.
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000431 return false;
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000432}
Daniel Dunbarde454282008-10-02 18:44:07 +0000433
Simon Atanasyanfad0a322012-07-08 09:30:00 +0000434bool Sema::CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
435 unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
436 switch (BuiltinID) {
437 default: return false;
438 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_wrdsp: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break;
439 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_rddsp: i = 0; l = 0; u = 63; break;
440 };
441
442 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
443 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
444 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
445 return false;
446
447 // Check that the immediate argument is actually a constant.
448 llvm::APSInt Result;
449 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result))
450 return true;
451
452 // Range check against the upper/lower values for this instruction.
453 unsigned Val = Result.getZExtValue();
454 if (Val < l || Val > u)
455 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
456 << l << u << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange();
457
458 return false;
459}
460
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000461/// Given a FunctionDecl's FormatAttr, attempts to populate the FomatStringInfo
462/// parameter with the FormatAttr's correct format_idx and firstDataArg.
463/// Returns true when the format fits the function and the FormatStringInfo has
464/// been populated.
465bool Sema::getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
466 FormatStringInfo *FSI) {
467 FSI->HasVAListArg = Format->getFirstArg() == 0;
468 FSI->FormatIdx = Format->getFormatIdx() - 1;
469 FSI->FirstDataArg = FSI->HasVAListArg ? 0 : Format->getFirstArg() - 1;
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000470
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000471 // The way the format attribute works in GCC, the implicit this argument
472 // of member functions is counted. However, it doesn't appear in our own
473 // lists, so decrement format_idx in that case.
474 if (IsCXXMember) {
475 if(FSI->FormatIdx == 0)
476 return false;
477 --FSI->FormatIdx;
478 if (FSI->FirstDataArg != 0)
479 --FSI->FirstDataArg;
480 }
481 return true;
482}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000483
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000484/// Handles the checks for format strings, non-POD arguments to vararg
485/// functions, and NULL arguments passed to non-NULL parameters.
486void Sema::checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args,
487 unsigned NumArgs,
488 unsigned NumProtoArgs,
489 bool IsMemberFunction,
490 SourceLocation Loc,
491 SourceRange Range,
492 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Daniel Dunbarde454282008-10-02 18:44:07 +0000493 // FIXME: This mechanism should be abstracted to be less fragile and
494 // more efficient. For example, just map function ids to custom
495 // handlers.
496
Ted Kremenekc82faca2010-09-09 04:33:05 +0000497 // Printf and scanf checking.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000498 bool HandledFormatString = false;
Ted Kremenekc82faca2010-09-09 04:33:05 +0000499 for (specific_attr_iterator<FormatAttr>
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000500 I = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<FormatAttr>(),
501 E = FDecl->specific_attr_end<FormatAttr>(); I != E ; ++I)
502 if (CheckFormatArguments(*I, Args, NumArgs, IsMemberFunction, Loc, Range))
503 HandledFormatString = true;
504
505 // Refuse POD arguments that weren't caught by the format string
506 // checks above.
507 if (!HandledFormatString && CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply)
508 for (unsigned ArgIdx = NumProtoArgs; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
509 variadicArgumentPODCheck(Args[ArgIdx], CallType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000510
Ted Kremenekc82faca2010-09-09 04:33:05 +0000511 for (specific_attr_iterator<NonNullAttr>
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000512 I = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<NonNullAttr>(),
513 E = FDecl->specific_attr_end<NonNullAttr>(); I != E; ++I)
514 CheckNonNullArguments(*I, Args, Loc);
515}
516
517/// CheckConstructorCall - Check a constructor call for correctness and safety
518/// properties not enforced by the C type system.
519void Sema::CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args,
520 unsigned NumArgs,
521 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
522 SourceLocation Loc) {
523 VariadicCallType CallType =
524 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicConstructor : VariadicDoesNotApply;
525 checkCall(FDecl, Args, NumArgs, Proto->getNumArgs(),
526 /*IsMemberFunction=*/true, Loc, SourceRange(), CallType);
527}
528
529/// CheckFunctionCall - Check a direct function call for various correctness
530/// and safety properties not strictly enforced by the C type system.
531bool Sema::CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
532 const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
533 bool IsMemberFunction = isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall);
534 VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto,
535 TheCall->getCallee());
536 unsigned NumProtoArgs = Proto ? Proto->getNumArgs() : 0;
537 checkCall(FDecl, TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs(), NumProtoArgs,
538 IsMemberFunction, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
539 TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
540
541 IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
542 // None of the checks below are needed for functions that don't have
543 // simple names (e.g., C++ conversion functions).
544 if (!FnInfo)
545 return false;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000546
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000547 unsigned CMId = FDecl->getMemoryFunctionKind();
548 if (CMId == 0)
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000549 return false;
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +0000550
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000551 // Handle memory setting and copying functions.
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000552 if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcpy || CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcat)
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +0000553 CheckStrlcpycatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +0000554 else if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrncat)
555 CheckStrncatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000556 else
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000557 CheckMemaccessArguments(TheCall, CMId, FnInfo);
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +0000558
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000559 return false;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +0000560}
561
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +0000562bool Sema::CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation lbrac,
563 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000564 VariadicCallType CallType =
565 Method->isVariadic() ? VariadicMethod : VariadicDoesNotApply;
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +0000566
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000567 checkCall(Method, Args, NumArgs, Method->param_size(),
568 /*IsMemberFunction=*/false,
569 lbrac, Method->getSourceRange(), CallType);
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +0000570
571 return false;
572}
573
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000574bool Sema::CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
575 const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000576 const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NDecl);
577 if (!V)
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000578 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000579
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000580 QualType Ty = V->getType();
581 if (!Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000582 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000583
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000584 VariadicCallType CallType =
585 Proto && Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicBlock : VariadicDoesNotApply ;
586 unsigned NumProtoArgs = Proto ? Proto->getNumArgs() : 0;
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000587
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000588 checkCall(NDecl, TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs(),
589 NumProtoArgs, /*IsMemberFunction=*/false,
590 TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
591 TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
592
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000593 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000594}
595
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000596ExprResult Sema::SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
597 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000598 CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
599 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000600
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000601 // All these operations take one of the following forms:
602 enum {
603 // C __c11_atomic_init(A *, C)
604 Init,
605 // C __c11_atomic_load(A *, int)
606 Load,
607 // void __atomic_load(A *, CP, int)
608 Copy,
609 // C __c11_atomic_add(A *, M, int)
610 Arithmetic,
611 // C __atomic_exchange_n(A *, CP, int)
612 Xchg,
613 // void __atomic_exchange(A *, C *, CP, int)
614 GNUXchg,
615 // bool __c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong(A *, C *, CP, int, int)
616 C11CmpXchg,
617 // bool __atomic_compare_exchange(A *, C *, CP, bool, int, int)
618 GNUCmpXchg
619 } Form = Init;
620 const unsigned NumArgs[] = { 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6 };
621 const unsigned NumVals[] = { 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3 };
622 // where:
623 // C is an appropriate type,
624 // A is volatile _Atomic(C) for __c11 builtins and is C for GNU builtins,
625 // CP is C for __c11 builtins and GNU _n builtins and is C * otherwise,
626 // M is C if C is an integer, and ptrdiff_t if C is a pointer, and
627 // the int parameters are for orderings.
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000628
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000629 assert(AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init == 0 &&
630 AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor + 1 == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load
631 && "need to update code for modified C11 atomics");
632 bool IsC11 = Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init &&
633 Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor;
634 bool IsN = Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n ||
635 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n ||
636 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n ||
637 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n;
638 bool IsAddSub = false;
639
640 switch (Op) {
641 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
642 Form = Init;
643 break;
644
645 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
646 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
647 Form = Load;
648 break;
649
650 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
651 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
652 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
653 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
654 Form = Copy;
655 break;
656
657 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_add:
658 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_sub:
659 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_add:
660 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_sub:
661 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_add_fetch:
662 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_sub_fetch:
663 IsAddSub = true;
664 // Fall through.
665 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_and:
666 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_or:
667 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor:
668 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_and:
669 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_or:
670 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_xor:
Richard Smith51b92402012-04-13 06:31:38 +0000671 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_nand:
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000672 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_and_fetch:
673 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_or_fetch:
674 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_xor_fetch:
Richard Smith51b92402012-04-13 06:31:38 +0000675 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_nand_fetch:
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000676 Form = Arithmetic;
677 break;
678
679 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_exchange:
680 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n:
681 Form = Xchg;
682 break;
683
684 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange:
685 Form = GNUXchg;
686 break;
687
688 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong:
689 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak:
690 Form = C11CmpXchg;
691 break;
692
693 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange:
694 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n:
695 Form = GNUCmpXchg;
696 break;
697 }
698
699 // Check we have the right number of arguments.
700 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs[Form]) {
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000701 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000702 << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000703 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
704 return ExprError();
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000705 } else if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs[Form]) {
706 Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs[Form])->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000707 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000708 << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000709 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
710 return ExprError();
711 }
712
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000713 // Inspect the first argument of the atomic operation.
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000714 Expr *Ptr = TheCall->getArg(0);
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000715 Ptr = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Ptr).get();
716 const PointerType *pointerType = Ptr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
717 if (!pointerType) {
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000718 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000719 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
720 return ExprError();
721 }
722
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000723 // For a __c11 builtin, this should be a pointer to an _Atomic type.
724 QualType AtomTy = pointerType->getPointeeType(); // 'A'
725 QualType ValType = AtomTy; // 'C'
726 if (IsC11) {
727 if (!AtomTy->isAtomicType()) {
728 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic)
729 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
730 return ExprError();
731 }
732 ValType = AtomTy->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000733 }
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000734
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000735 // For an arithmetic operation, the implied arithmetic must be well-formed.
736 if (Form == Arithmetic) {
737 // gcc does not enforce these rules for GNU atomics, but we do so for sanity.
738 if (IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
739 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
740 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
741 return ExprError();
742 }
743 if (!IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType()) {
744 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_bitwise_needs_atomic_int)
745 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
746 return ExprError();
747 }
748 } else if (IsN && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
749 // For __atomic_*_n operations, the value type must be a scalar integral or
750 // pointer type which is 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 bytes in length.
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000751 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000752 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
753 return ExprError();
754 }
755
756 if (!IsC11 && !AtomTy.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context)) {
757 // For GNU atomics, require a trivially-copyable type. This is not part of
758 // the GNU atomics specification, but we enforce it for sanity.
759 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_trivial_copy)
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000760 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
761 return ExprError();
762 }
763
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000764 // FIXME: For any builtin other than a load, the ValType must not be
765 // const-qualified.
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000766
767 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
768 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
769 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
770 // okay
771 break;
772
773 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
774 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
775 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000776 // FIXME: Can this happen? By this point, ValType should be known
777 // to be trivially copyable.
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000778 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
779 << ValType << Ptr->getSourceRange();
780 return ExprError();
781 }
782
783 QualType ResultType = ValType;
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000784 if (Form == Copy || Form == GNUXchg || Form == Init)
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000785 ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000786 else if (Form == C11CmpXchg || Form == GNUCmpXchg)
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000787 ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
788
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000789 // The type of a parameter passed 'by value'. In the GNU atomics, such
790 // arguments are actually passed as pointers.
791 QualType ByValType = ValType; // 'CP'
792 if (!IsC11 && !IsN)
793 ByValType = Ptr->getType();
794
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000795 // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
796 // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly. Walk
797 // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000798 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs[Form]; ++i) {
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000799 QualType Ty;
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000800 if (i < NumVals[Form] + 1) {
801 switch (i) {
802 case 1:
803 // The second argument is the non-atomic operand. For arithmetic, this
804 // is always passed by value, and for a compare_exchange it is always
805 // passed by address. For the rest, GNU uses by-address and C11 uses
806 // by-value.
807 assert(Form != Load);
808 if (Form == Init || (Form == Arithmetic && ValType->isIntegerType()))
809 Ty = ValType;
810 else if (Form == Copy || Form == Xchg)
811 Ty = ByValType;
812 else if (Form == Arithmetic)
813 Ty = Context.getPointerDiffType();
814 else
815 Ty = Context.getPointerType(ValType.getUnqualifiedType());
816 break;
817 case 2:
818 // The third argument to compare_exchange / GNU exchange is a
819 // (pointer to a) desired value.
820 Ty = ByValType;
821 break;
822 case 3:
823 // The fourth argument to GNU compare_exchange is a 'weak' flag.
824 Ty = Context.BoolTy;
825 break;
826 }
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000827 } else {
828 // The order(s) are always converted to int.
829 Ty = Context.IntTy;
830 }
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000831
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000832 InitializedEntity Entity =
833 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Ty, false);
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000834 ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000835 Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
836 if (Arg.isInvalid())
837 return true;
838 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
839 }
840
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000841 // Permute the arguments into a 'consistent' order.
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000842 SmallVector<Expr*, 5> SubExprs;
843 SubExprs.push_back(Ptr);
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000844 switch (Form) {
845 case Init:
846 // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal1() has a special case for this atomic.
David Chisnall7a7ee302012-01-16 17:27:18 +0000847 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000848 break;
849 case Load:
850 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Order
851 break;
852 case Copy:
853 case Arithmetic:
854 case Xchg:
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000855 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Order
856 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000857 break;
858 case GNUXchg:
859 // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal2() has a special case for this atomic.
860 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
861 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
862 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
863 break;
864 case C11CmpXchg:
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000865 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
866 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000867 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // OrderFail
David Chisnall2ebb98a2012-03-29 17:58:59 +0000868 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000869 break;
870 case GNUCmpXchg:
871 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // Order
872 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
873 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(5)); // OrderFail
874 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
875 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Weak
876 break;
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000877 }
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000878
879 return Owned(new (Context) AtomicExpr(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
880 SubExprs.data(), SubExprs.size(),
881 ResultType, Op,
882 TheCall->getRParenLoc()));
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000883}
884
885
John McCall5f8d6042011-08-27 01:09:30 +0000886/// checkBuiltinArgument - Given a call to a builtin function, perform
887/// normal type-checking on the given argument, updating the call in
888/// place. This is useful when a builtin function requires custom
889/// type-checking for some of its arguments but not necessarily all of
890/// them.
891///
892/// Returns true on error.
893static bool checkBuiltinArgument(Sema &S, CallExpr *E, unsigned ArgIndex) {
894 FunctionDecl *Fn = E->getDirectCallee();
895 assert(Fn && "builtin call without direct callee!");
896
897 ParmVarDecl *Param = Fn->getParamDecl(ArgIndex);
898 InitializedEntity Entity =
899 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, Param);
900
901 ExprResult Arg = E->getArg(0);
902 Arg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
903 if (Arg.isInvalid())
904 return true;
905
906 E->setArg(ArgIndex, Arg.take());
907 return false;
908}
909
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000910/// SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded - We have a call to a function like
911/// __sync_fetch_and_add, which is an overloaded function based on the pointer
912/// type of its first argument. The main ActOnCallExpr routines have already
913/// promoted the types of arguments because all of these calls are prototyped as
914/// void(...).
915///
916/// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
917/// builtins,
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000918ExprResult
919Sema::SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000920 CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000921 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
922 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
923
924 // Ensure that we have at least one argument to do type inference from.
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000925 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1) {
926 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
927 << 0 << 1 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
928 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
929 return ExprError();
930 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000931
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000932 // Inspect the first argument of the atomic builtin. This should always be
933 // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
934 // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
935 // casts here.
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000936 // FIXME: We don't allow floating point scalars as input.
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000937 Expr *FirstArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
Eli Friedman8c382062012-01-23 02:35:22 +0000938 ExprResult FirstArgResult = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(FirstArg);
939 if (FirstArgResult.isInvalid())
940 return ExprError();
941 FirstArg = FirstArgResult.take();
942 TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArg);
943
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000944 const PointerType *pointerType = FirstArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
945 if (!pointerType) {
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000946 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
947 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
948 return ExprError();
949 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000950
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000951 QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerdd5fa7a2010-09-17 21:12:38 +0000952 if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000953 !ValType->isBlockPointerType()) {
954 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intptr)
955 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
956 return ExprError();
957 }
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000958
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000959 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
960 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
961 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
962 // okay
963 break;
964
965 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
966 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
967 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8b03132011-06-24 00:08:59 +0000968 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000969 << ValType << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
970 return ExprError();
971 }
972
John McCallb45ae252011-10-05 07:41:44 +0000973 // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
974 ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
975
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +0000976 // The majority of builtins return a value, but a few have special return
977 // types, so allow them to override appropriately below.
978 QualType ResultType = ValType;
979
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000980 // We need to figure out which concrete builtin this maps onto. For example,
981 // __sync_fetch_and_add with a 2 byte object turns into
982 // __sync_fetch_and_add_2.
983#define BUILTIN_ROW(x) \
984 { Builtin::BI##x##_1, Builtin::BI##x##_2, Builtin::BI##x##_4, \
985 Builtin::BI##x##_8, Builtin::BI##x##_16 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000986
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000987 static const unsigned BuiltinIndices[][5] = {
988 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_add),
989 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_sub),
990 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_or),
991 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_and),
992 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_xor),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000993
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000994 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_add_and_fetch),
995 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_sub_and_fetch),
996 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_and_and_fetch),
997 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_or_and_fetch),
998 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_xor_and_fetch),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000999
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001000 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_val_compare_and_swap),
1001 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap),
1002 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_test_and_set),
Chris Lattner23aa9c82011-04-09 03:57:26 +00001003 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_release),
1004 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_swap)
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001005 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001006#undef BUILTIN_ROW
1007
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001008 // Determine the index of the size.
1009 unsigned SizeIndex;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00001010 switch (Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ValType).getQuantity()) {
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001011 case 1: SizeIndex = 0; break;
1012 case 2: SizeIndex = 1; break;
1013 case 4: SizeIndex = 2; break;
1014 case 8: SizeIndex = 3; break;
1015 case 16: SizeIndex = 4; break;
1016 default:
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001017 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_pointer_size)
1018 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
1019 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001020 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001021
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001022 // Each of these builtins has one pointer argument, followed by some number of
1023 // values (0, 1 or 2) followed by a potentially empty varags list of stuff
1024 // that we ignore. Find out which row of BuiltinIndices to read from as well
1025 // as the number of fixed args.
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00001026 unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001027 unsigned BuiltinIndex, NumFixed = 1;
1028 switch (BuiltinID) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00001029 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown overloaded atomic builtin!");
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001030 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
1031 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
1032 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
1033 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
1034 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
1035 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
1036 BuiltinIndex = 0;
1037 break;
1038
1039 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
1040 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
1041 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
1042 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
1043 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
1044 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
1045 BuiltinIndex = 1;
1046 break;
1047
1048 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
1049 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
1050 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
1051 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
1052 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
1053 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
1054 BuiltinIndex = 2;
1055 break;
1056
1057 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
1058 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
1059 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
1060 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
1061 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
1062 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
1063 BuiltinIndex = 3;
1064 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001065
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001066 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
1067 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
1068 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
1069 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
1070 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
1071 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
1072 BuiltinIndex = 4;
1073 break;
1074
1075 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
1076 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
1077 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
1078 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
1079 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
1080 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
1081 BuiltinIndex = 5;
1082 break;
1083
1084 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
1085 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
1086 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
1087 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
1088 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
1089 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
1090 BuiltinIndex = 6;
1091 break;
1092
1093 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
1094 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
1095 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
1096 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
1097 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
1098 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
1099 BuiltinIndex = 7;
1100 break;
1101
1102 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
1103 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
1104 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
1105 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
1106 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
1107 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
1108 BuiltinIndex = 8;
1109 break;
1110
1111 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
1112 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
1113 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
1114 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
1115 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
1116 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
1117 BuiltinIndex = 9;
1118 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001119
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001120 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001121 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
1122 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
1123 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
1124 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
1125 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
Daniel Dunbar7eff7c42010-03-25 17:13:09 +00001126 BuiltinIndex = 10;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001127 NumFixed = 2;
1128 break;
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001129
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001130 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001131 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
1132 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
1133 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
1134 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
1135 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
Daniel Dunbar7eff7c42010-03-25 17:13:09 +00001136 BuiltinIndex = 11;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001137 NumFixed = 2;
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +00001138 ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001139 break;
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001140
1141 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
1142 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
1143 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
1144 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
1145 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
1146 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
1147 BuiltinIndex = 12;
1148 break;
1149
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001150 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001151 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
1152 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
1153 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
1154 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
1155 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
Daniel Dunbar7eff7c42010-03-25 17:13:09 +00001156 BuiltinIndex = 13;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001157 NumFixed = 0;
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +00001158 ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001159 break;
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001160
1161 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
1162 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
1163 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
1164 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
1165 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
1166 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
1167 BuiltinIndex = 14;
1168 break;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001169 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001170
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001171 // Now that we know how many fixed arguments we expect, first check that we
1172 // have at least that many.
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001173 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1+NumFixed) {
1174 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
1175 << 0 << 1+NumFixed << TheCall->getNumArgs()
1176 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
1177 return ExprError();
1178 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001179
Chris Lattnere7ac0a92009-05-08 15:36:58 +00001180 // Get the decl for the concrete builtin from this, we can tell what the
1181 // concrete integer type we should convert to is.
1182 unsigned NewBuiltinID = BuiltinIndices[BuiltinIndex][SizeIndex];
1183 const char *NewBuiltinName = Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(NewBuiltinID);
1184 IdentifierInfo *NewBuiltinII = PP.getIdentifierInfo(NewBuiltinName);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001185 FunctionDecl *NewBuiltinDecl =
Chris Lattnere7ac0a92009-05-08 15:36:58 +00001186 cast<FunctionDecl>(LazilyCreateBuiltin(NewBuiltinII, NewBuiltinID,
1187 TUScope, false, DRE->getLocStart()));
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001188
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00001189 // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
1190 // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly. Walk
1191 // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001192 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFixed; ++i) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001193 ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i+1);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001194
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001195 // GCC does an implicit conversion to the pointer or integer ValType. This
1196 // can fail in some cases (1i -> int**), check for this error case now.
John McCallb45ae252011-10-05 07:41:44 +00001197 // Initialize the argument.
1198 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
1199 ValType, /*consume*/ false);
1200 Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001201 if (Arg.isInvalid())
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001202 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001203
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001204 // Okay, we have something that *can* be converted to the right type. Check
1205 // to see if there is a potentially weird extension going on here. This can
1206 // happen when you do an atomic operation on something like an char* and
1207 // pass in 42. The 42 gets converted to char. This is even more strange
1208 // for things like 45.123 -> char, etc.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001209 // FIXME: Do this check.
John McCallb45ae252011-10-05 07:41:44 +00001210 TheCall->setArg(i+1, Arg.take());
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001211 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001212
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +00001213 ASTContext& Context = this->getASTContext();
1214
1215 // Create a new DeclRefExpr to refer to the new decl.
1216 DeclRefExpr* NewDRE = DeclRefExpr::Create(
1217 Context,
1218 DRE->getQualifierLoc(),
Abramo Bagnarae4b92762012-01-27 09:46:47 +00001219 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +00001220 NewBuiltinDecl,
John McCallf4b88a42012-03-10 09:33:50 +00001221 /*enclosing*/ false,
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +00001222 DRE->getLocation(),
1223 NewBuiltinDecl->getType(),
1224 DRE->getValueKind());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001225
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001226 // Set the callee in the CallExpr.
1227 // FIXME: This leaks the original parens and implicit casts.
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +00001228 ExprResult PromotedCall = UsualUnaryConversions(NewDRE);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001229 if (PromotedCall.isInvalid())
1230 return ExprError();
1231 TheCall->setCallee(PromotedCall.take());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001232
Chandler Carruthdb4325b2010-07-18 07:23:17 +00001233 // Change the result type of the call to match the original value type. This
1234 // is arbitrary, but the codegen for these builtins ins design to handle it
1235 // gracefully.
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +00001236 TheCall->setType(ResultType);
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001237
1238 return move(TheCallResult);
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001239}
1240
Chris Lattner69039812009-02-18 06:01:06 +00001241/// CheckObjCString - Checks that the argument to the builtin
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001242/// CFString constructor is correct
Steve Narofffd942622009-04-13 20:26:29 +00001243/// Note: It might also make sense to do the UTF-16 conversion here (would
1244/// simplify the backend).
Chris Lattner69039812009-02-18 06:01:06 +00001245bool Sema::CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg) {
Chris Lattner56f34942008-02-13 01:02:39 +00001246 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001247 StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
1248
Douglas Gregor5cee1192011-07-27 05:40:30 +00001249 if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001250 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant)
1251 << Arg->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson9cdc4d32007-08-17 15:44:17 +00001252 return true;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001253 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001254
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001255 if (Literal->containsNonAsciiOrNull()) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001256 StringRef String = Literal->getString();
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001257 unsigned NumBytes = String.size();
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001258 SmallVector<UTF16, 128> ToBuf(NumBytes);
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001259 const UTF8 *FromPtr = (UTF8 *)String.data();
1260 UTF16 *ToPtr = &ToBuf[0];
1261
1262 ConversionResult Result = ConvertUTF8toUTF16(&FromPtr, FromPtr + NumBytes,
1263 &ToPtr, ToPtr + NumBytes,
1264 strictConversion);
1265 // Check for conversion failure.
1266 if (Result != conversionOK)
1267 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(),
1268 diag::warn_cfstring_truncated) << Arg->getSourceRange();
1269 }
Anders Carlsson9cdc4d32007-08-17 15:44:17 +00001270 return false;
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001271}
1272
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001273/// SemaBuiltinVAStart - Check the arguments to __builtin_va_start for validity.
1274/// Emit an error and return true on failure, return false on success.
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001275bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) {
1276 Expr *Fn = TheCall->getCallee();
1277 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) {
Chris Lattner2c21a072008-11-21 18:44:24 +00001278 Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001279 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001280 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
1281 << Fn->getSourceRange()
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001282 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001283 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001284 return true;
1285 }
Eli Friedman56f20ae2008-12-15 22:05:35 +00001286
1287 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) {
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001288 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
1289 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
1290 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs();
Eli Friedman56f20ae2008-12-15 22:05:35 +00001291 }
1292
John McCall5f8d6042011-08-27 01:09:30 +00001293 // Type-check the first argument normally.
1294 if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, TheCall, 0))
1295 return true;
1296
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001297 // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001298 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001299 bool isVariadic;
Steve Naroffcd9c5142009-04-15 19:33:47 +00001300 if (CurBlock)
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00001301 isVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic();
Ted Kremenek9498d382010-04-29 16:49:01 +00001302 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1303 isVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
1304 else
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +00001305 isVariadic = getCurMethodDecl()->isVariadic();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001306
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001307 if (!isVariadic) {
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001308 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function);
1309 return true;
1310 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001311
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001312 // Verify that the second argument to the builtin is the last argument of the
1313 // current function or method.
1314 bool SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = false;
Anders Carlssone2c14102008-02-13 01:22:59 +00001315 const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001316
Anders Carlsson88cf2262008-02-11 04:20:54 +00001317 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
1318 if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001319 // FIXME: This isn't correct for methods (results in bogus warning).
1320 // Get the last formal in the current function.
Anders Carlsson88cf2262008-02-11 04:20:54 +00001321 const ParmVarDecl *LastArg;
Steve Naroffcd9c5142009-04-15 19:33:47 +00001322 if (CurBlock)
1323 LastArg = *(CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end()-1);
1324 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001325 LastArg = *(FD->param_end()-1);
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001326 else
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +00001327 LastArg = *(getCurMethodDecl()->param_end()-1);
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001328 SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = PV == LastArg;
1329 }
1330 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001331
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001332 if (!SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001333 Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001334 diag::warn_second_parameter_of_va_start_not_last_named_argument);
1335 return false;
Eli Friedman6cfda232008-05-20 08:23:37 +00001336}
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001337
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001338/// SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare - Handle functions like __builtin_isgreater and
1339/// friends. This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001340bool Sema::SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall) {
1341 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
Chris Lattner2c21a072008-11-21 18:44:24 +00001342 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001343 << 0 << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001344 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001345 return Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001346 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001347 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001348 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
1349 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001350
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001351 ExprResult OrigArg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
1352 ExprResult OrigArg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001353
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001354 // Do standard promotions between the two arguments, returning their common
1355 // type.
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001356 QualType Res = UsualArithmeticConversions(OrigArg0, OrigArg1, false);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001357 if (OrigArg0.isInvalid() || OrigArg1.isInvalid())
1358 return true;
Daniel Dunbar403bc2b2009-02-19 19:28:43 +00001359
1360 // Make sure any conversions are pushed back into the call; this is
1361 // type safe since unordered compare builtins are declared as "_Bool
1362 // foo(...)".
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001363 TheCall->setArg(0, OrigArg0.get());
1364 TheCall->setArg(1, OrigArg1.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001365
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001366 if (OrigArg0.get()->isTypeDependent() || OrigArg1.get()->isTypeDependent())
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001367 return false;
1368
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001369 // If the common type isn't a real floating type, then the arguments were
1370 // invalid for this operation.
Eli Friedman860a3192012-06-16 02:19:17 +00001371 if (Res.isNull() || !Res->isRealFloatingType())
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001372 return Diag(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001373 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_ordered_compare)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001374 << OrigArg0.get()->getType() << OrigArg1.get()->getType()
1375 << SourceRange(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), OrigArg1.get()->getLocEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001376
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001377 return false;
1378}
1379
Benjamin Kramere771a7a2010-02-15 22:42:31 +00001380/// SemaBuiltinSemaBuiltinFPClassification - Handle functions like
1381/// __builtin_isnan and friends. This is declared to take (...), so we have
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001382/// to check everything. We expect the last argument to be a floating point
1383/// value.
1384bool Sema::SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs) {
1385 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs)
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001386 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001387 << 0 << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001388 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs)
1389 return Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001390 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001391 << 0 /*function call*/ << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001392 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001393 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
1394
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001395 Expr *OrigArg = TheCall->getArg(NumArgs-1);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001396
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001397 if (OrigArg->isTypeDependent())
1398 return false;
1399
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001400 // This operation requires a non-_Complex floating-point number.
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001401 if (!OrigArg->getType()->isRealFloatingType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001402 return Diag(OrigArg->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001403 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_unary_fp)
1404 << OrigArg->getType() << OrigArg->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001405
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001406 // If this is an implicit conversion from float -> double, remove it.
1407 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(OrigArg)) {
1408 Expr *CastArg = Cast->getSubExpr();
1409 if (CastArg->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
1410 assert(Cast->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) &&
1411 "promotion from float to double is the only expected cast here");
1412 Cast->setSubExpr(0);
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001413 TheCall->setArg(NumArgs-1, CastArg);
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001414 }
1415 }
1416
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001417 return false;
1418}
1419
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001420/// SemaBuiltinShuffleVector - Handle __builtin_shufflevector.
1421// This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001422ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001423 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001424 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001425 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001426 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001427 << TheCall->getSourceRange());
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001428
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001429 // Determine which of the following types of shufflevector we're checking:
1430 // 1) unary, vector mask: (lhs, mask)
1431 // 2) binary, vector mask: (lhs, rhs, mask)
1432 // 3) binary, scalar mask: (lhs, rhs, index, ..., index)
1433 QualType resType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
1434 unsigned numElements = 0;
1435
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001436 if (!TheCall->getArg(0)->isTypeDependent() &&
1437 !TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent()) {
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001438 QualType LHSType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
1439 QualType RHSType = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType();
1440
1441 if (!LHSType->isVectorType() || !RHSType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001442 Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_shufflevector_non_vector)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001443 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001444 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
1445 return ExprError();
1446 }
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001447
1448 numElements = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
1449 unsigned numResElements = TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001450
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001451 // Check to see if we have a call with 2 vector arguments, the unary shuffle
1452 // with mask. If so, verify that RHS is an integer vector type with the
1453 // same number of elts as lhs.
1454 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() == 2) {
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00001455 if (!RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001456 RHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() != numElements)
1457 Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
1458 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
1459 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
1460 numResElements = numElements;
1461 }
1462 else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSType, RHSType)) {
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001463 Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001464 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001465 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
1466 return ExprError();
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001467 } else if (numElements != numResElements) {
1468 QualType eltType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001469 resType = Context.getVectorType(eltType, numResElements,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001470 VectorType::GenericVector);
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001471 }
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001472 }
1473
1474 for (unsigned i = 2; i < TheCall->getNumArgs(); i++) {
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001475 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
1476 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
1477 continue;
1478
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001479 llvm::APSInt Result(32);
1480 if (!TheCall->getArg(i)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
1481 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
1482 diag::err_shufflevector_nonconstant_argument)
1483 << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001484
Chris Lattnerd1a0b6d2008-08-10 02:05:13 +00001485 if (Result.getActiveBits() > 64 || Result.getZExtValue() >= numElements*2)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001486 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001487 diag::err_shufflevector_argument_too_large)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001488 << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001489 }
1490
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001491 SmallVector<Expr*, 32> exprs;
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001492
Chris Lattnerd1a0b6d2008-08-10 02:05:13 +00001493 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TheCall->getNumArgs(); i != e; i++) {
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001494 exprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(i));
1495 TheCall->setArg(i, 0);
1496 }
1497
Nate Begemana88dc302009-08-12 02:10:25 +00001498 return Owned(new (Context) ShuffleVectorExpr(Context, exprs.begin(),
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001499 exprs.size(), resType,
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00001500 TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
1501 TheCall->getRParenLoc()));
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001502}
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001503
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001504/// SemaBuiltinPrefetch - Handle __builtin_prefetch.
1505// This is declared to take (const void*, ...) and can take two
1506// optional constant int args.
1507bool Sema::SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001508 unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001509
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001510 if (NumArgs > 3)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001511 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
1512 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
1513 << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
1514 << TheCall->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001515
1516 // Argument 0 is checked for us and the remaining arguments must be
1517 // constant integers.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001518 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001519 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
Douglas Gregor592a4232012-06-29 01:05:22 +00001520
1521 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
1522 if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
1523 continue;
1524
Eli Friedman9aef7262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001525 llvm::APSInt Result;
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001526 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result))
1527 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001528
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001529 // FIXME: gcc issues a warning and rewrites these to 0. These
1530 // seems especially odd for the third argument since the default
1531 // is 3.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001532 if (i == 1) {
Eli Friedman9aef7262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001533 if (Result.getLimitedValue() > 1)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001534 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Chris Lattner21fb98e2009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001535 << "0" << "1" << Arg->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001536 } else {
Eli Friedman9aef7262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001537 if (Result.getLimitedValue() > 3)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001538 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Chris Lattner21fb98e2009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001539 << "0" << "3" << Arg->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001540 }
1541 }
1542
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001543 return false;
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001544}
1545
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001546/// SemaBuiltinConstantArg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
1547/// TheCall is a constant expression.
1548bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
1549 llvm::APSInt &Result) {
1550 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
1551 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
1552 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
1553
1554 if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) return false;
1555
1556 if (!Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
1557 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_constant_integer_arg_type)
Eric Christopher5e896552010-04-19 18:23:02 +00001558 << FDecl->getDeclName() << Arg->getSourceRange();
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001559
Chris Lattner21fb98e2009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001560 return false;
1561}
1562
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001563/// SemaBuiltinObjectSize - Handle __builtin_object_size(void *ptr,
1564/// int type). This simply type checks that type is one of the defined
1565/// constants (0-3).
Chris Lattnerfc8f0e12011-04-15 05:22:18 +00001566// For compatibility check 0-3, llvm only handles 0 and 2.
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001567bool Sema::SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001568 llvm::APSInt Result;
Douglas Gregor592a4232012-06-29 01:05:22 +00001569
1570 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
1571 if (TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent() ||
1572 TheCall->getArg(1)->isValueDependent())
1573 return false;
1574
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001575 // Check constant-ness first.
1576 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
1577 return true;
1578
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001579 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001580 if (Result.getSExtValue() < 0 || Result.getSExtValue() > 3) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001581 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
1582 << "0" << "3" << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001583 }
1584
1585 return false;
1586}
1587
Eli Friedman586d6a82009-05-03 06:04:26 +00001588/// SemaBuiltinLongjmp - Handle __builtin_longjmp(void *env[5], int val).
Eli Friedmand875fed2009-05-03 04:46:36 +00001589/// This checks that val is a constant 1.
1590bool Sema::SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
1591 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001592 llvm::APSInt Result;
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001593
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001594 // TODO: This is less than ideal. Overload this to take a value.
1595 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
1596 return true;
1597
1598 if (Result != 1)
Eli Friedmand875fed2009-05-03 04:46:36 +00001599 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_invalid_val)
1600 << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
1601
1602 return false;
1603}
1604
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001605// Determine if an expression is a string literal or constant string.
1606// If this function returns false on the arguments to a function expecting a
1607// format string, we will usually need to emit a warning.
1608// True string literals are then checked by CheckFormatString.
1609Sema::StringLiteralCheckType
1610Sema::checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, Expr **Args,
1611 unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg,
1612 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
1613 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall) {
Ted Kremenek4fe64412010-09-09 03:51:39 +00001614 tryAgain:
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001615 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001616 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001617
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001618 E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00001619
David Blaikiea73cdcb2012-02-10 21:07:25 +00001620 if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
1621 // Technically -Wformat-nonliteral does not warn about this case.
1622 // The behavior of printf and friends in this case is implementation
1623 // dependent. Ideally if the format string cannot be null then
1624 // it should have a 'nonnull' attribute in the function prototype.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001625 return SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
David Blaikiea73cdcb2012-02-10 21:07:25 +00001626
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001627 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
John McCall56ca35d2011-02-17 10:25:35 +00001628 case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001629 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001630 // The expression is a literal if both sub-expressions were, and it was
1631 // completely checked only if both sub-expressions were checked.
1632 const AbstractConditionalOperator *C =
1633 cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(E);
1634 StringLiteralCheckType Left =
1635 checkFormatStringExpr(C->getTrueExpr(), Args, NumArgs,
1636 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
1637 Type, inFunctionCall);
1638 if (Left == SLCT_NotALiteral)
1639 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
1640 StringLiteralCheckType Right =
1641 checkFormatStringExpr(C->getFalseExpr(), Args, NumArgs,
1642 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
1643 Type, inFunctionCall);
1644 return Left < Right ? Left : Right;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001645 }
1646
1647 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
Ted Kremenek4fe64412010-09-09 03:51:39 +00001648 E = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
1649 goto tryAgain;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001650 }
1651
John McCall56ca35d2011-02-17 10:25:35 +00001652 case Stmt::OpaqueValueExprClass:
1653 if (const Expr *src = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)->getSourceExpr()) {
1654 E = src;
1655 goto tryAgain;
1656 }
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001657 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
John McCall56ca35d2011-02-17 10:25:35 +00001658
Ted Kremenekb43e8ad2011-02-24 23:03:04 +00001659 case Stmt::PredefinedExprClass:
1660 // While __func__, etc., are technically not string literals, they
1661 // cannot contain format specifiers and thus are not a security
1662 // liability.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001663 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
Ted Kremenekb43e8ad2011-02-24 23:03:04 +00001664
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001665 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
1666 const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001667
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001668 // As an exception, do not flag errors for variables binding to
1669 // const string literals.
1670 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
1671 bool isConstant = false;
1672 QualType T = DR->getType();
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001673
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001674 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
1675 isConstant = AT->getElementType().isConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00001676 } else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001677 isConstant = T.isConstant(Context) &&
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001678 PT->getPointeeType().isConstant(Context);
Jean-Daniel Dupase98e5b52012-01-25 10:35:33 +00001679 } else if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1680 // In ObjC, there is usually no "const ObjectPointer" type,
1681 // so don't check if the pointee type is constant.
1682 isConstant = T.isConstant(Context);
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001683 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001684
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001685 if (isConstant) {
Matt Beaumont-Gaye2c60662012-05-11 22:10:59 +00001686 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer()) {
1687 // Look through initializers like const char c[] = { "foo" }
1688 if (const InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
1689 if (InitList->isStringLiteralInit())
1690 Init = InitList->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
1691 }
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001692 return checkFormatStringExpr(Init, Args, NumArgs,
1693 HasVAListArg, format_idx,
1694 firstDataArg, Type,
1695 /*inFunctionCall*/false);
Matt Beaumont-Gaye2c60662012-05-11 22:10:59 +00001696 }
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001697 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001698
Anders Carlssond966a552009-06-28 19:55:58 +00001699 // For vprintf* functions (i.e., HasVAListArg==true), we add a
1700 // special check to see if the format string is a function parameter
1701 // of the function calling the printf function. If the function
1702 // has an attribute indicating it is a printf-like function, then we
1703 // should suppress warnings concerning non-literals being used in a call
1704 // to a vprintf function. For example:
1705 //
1706 // void
1707 // logmessage(char const *fmt __attribute__ (format (printf, 1, 2)), ...){
1708 // va_list ap;
1709 // va_start(ap, fmt);
1710 // vprintf(fmt, ap); // Do NOT emit a warning about "fmt".
1711 // ...
1712 //
Jean-Daniel Dupasf57c4132012-02-21 20:00:53 +00001713 if (HasVAListArg) {
1714 if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
1715 if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
1716 int PVIndex = PV->getFunctionScopeIndex() + 1;
1717 for (specific_attr_iterator<FormatAttr>
1718 i = ND->specific_attr_begin<FormatAttr>(),
1719 e = ND->specific_attr_end<FormatAttr>(); i != e ; ++i) {
1720 FormatAttr *PVFormat = *i;
1721 // adjust for implicit parameter
1722 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
1723 if (MD->isInstance())
1724 ++PVIndex;
1725 // We also check if the formats are compatible.
1726 // We can't pass a 'scanf' string to a 'printf' function.
1727 if (PVIndex == PVFormat->getFormatIdx() &&
1728 Type == GetFormatStringType(PVFormat))
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001729 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
Jean-Daniel Dupasf57c4132012-02-21 20:00:53 +00001730 }
1731 }
1732 }
1733 }
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001734 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001735
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001736 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001737 }
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001738
Jean-Daniel Dupas52aabaf2012-02-07 19:01:42 +00001739 case Stmt::CallExprClass:
1740 case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass: {
Anders Carlsson8f031b32009-06-27 04:05:33 +00001741 const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E);
Jean-Daniel Dupas52aabaf2012-02-07 19:01:42 +00001742 if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl())) {
1743 if (const FormatArgAttr *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
1744 unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx();
1745 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
1746 if (MD->isInstance())
1747 --ArgIndex;
1748 const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(ArgIndex - 1);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001749
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001750 return checkFormatStringExpr(Arg, Args, NumArgs,
1751 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
1752 Type, inFunctionCall);
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00001753 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
1754 unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID();
1755 if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
1756 BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString) {
1757 const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(0);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001758 return checkFormatStringExpr(Arg, Args, NumArgs,
1759 HasVAListArg, format_idx,
1760 firstDataArg, Type, inFunctionCall);
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00001761 }
Anders Carlsson8f031b32009-06-27 04:05:33 +00001762 }
1763 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001764
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001765 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Anders Carlsson8f031b32009-06-27 04:05:33 +00001766 }
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001767 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
1768 case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: {
1769 const StringLiteral *StrE = NULL;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001770
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001771 if (const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCFExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E))
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001772 StrE = ObjCFExpr->getString();
1773 else
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001774 StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001775
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001776 if (StrE) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001777 CheckFormatString(StrE, E, Args, NumArgs, HasVAListArg, format_idx,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001778 firstDataArg, Type, inFunctionCall);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001779 return SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001780 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001781
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001782 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001783 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001784
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001785 default:
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001786 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001787 }
1788}
1789
Fariborz Jahaniane898f8a2009-05-21 18:48:51 +00001790void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001791Sema::CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
Nick Lewycky909a70d2011-03-25 01:44:32 +00001792 const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
1793 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
Sean Huntcf807c42010-08-18 23:23:40 +00001794 for (NonNullAttr::args_iterator i = NonNull->args_begin(),
1795 e = NonNull->args_end();
Fariborz Jahaniane898f8a2009-05-21 18:48:51 +00001796 i != e; ++i) {
Nick Lewycky909a70d2011-03-25 01:44:32 +00001797 const Expr *ArgExpr = ExprArgs[*i];
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001798 if (ArgExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001799 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Nick Lewycky909a70d2011-03-25 01:44:32 +00001800 Diag(CallSiteLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahaniane898f8a2009-05-21 18:48:51 +00001801 }
1802}
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001803
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001804Sema::FormatStringType Sema::GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format) {
1805 return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatStringType>(Format->getType())
1806 .Case("scanf", FST_Scanf)
1807 .Cases("printf", "printf0", FST_Printf)
1808 .Cases("NSString", "CFString", FST_NSString)
1809 .Case("strftime", FST_Strftime)
1810 .Case("strfmon", FST_Strfmon)
1811 .Cases("kprintf", "cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", FST_Kprintf)
1812 .Default(FST_Unknown);
1813}
1814
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001815/// CheckPrintfScanfArguments - Check calls to printf and scanf (and similar
1816/// functions) for correct use of format strings.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001817/// Returns true if a format string has been fully checked.
1818bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1819 bool IsCXXMember = isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall);
1820 return CheckFormatArguments(Format, TheCall->getArgs(),
1821 TheCall->getNumArgs(),
1822 IsCXXMember, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
1823 TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001824}
1825
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001826bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001827 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember,
1828 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range) {
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001829 FormatStringInfo FSI;
1830 if (getFormatStringInfo(Format, IsCXXMember, &FSI))
1831 return CheckFormatArguments(Args, NumArgs, FSI.HasVAListArg, FSI.FormatIdx,
1832 FSI.FirstDataArg, GetFormatStringType(Format),
1833 Loc, Range);
1834 return false;
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001835}
Sebastian Redl4a2614e2009-11-17 18:02:24 +00001836
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001837bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001838 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
1839 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
1840 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001841 // CHECK: printf/scanf-like function is called with no format string.
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001842 if (format_idx >= NumArgs) {
1843 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_format_string) << Range;
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001844 return false;
Ted Kremenek71895b92007-08-14 17:39:48 +00001845 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001846
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001847 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr = Args[format_idx]->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001848
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001849 // CHECK: format string is not a string literal.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001850 //
Ted Kremenek71895b92007-08-14 17:39:48 +00001851 // Dynamically generated format strings are difficult to
1852 // automatically vet at compile time. Requiring that format strings
1853 // are string literals: (1) permits the checking of format strings by
1854 // the compiler and thereby (2) can practically remove the source of
1855 // many format string exploits.
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001856
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001857 // Format string can be either ObjC string (e.g. @"%d") or
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001858 // C string (e.g. "%d")
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001859 // ObjC string uses the same format specifiers as C string, so we can use
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001860 // the same format string checking logic for both ObjC and C strings.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001861 StringLiteralCheckType CT =
1862 checkFormatStringExpr(OrigFormatExpr, Args, NumArgs, HasVAListArg,
1863 format_idx, firstDataArg, Type);
1864 if (CT != SLCT_NotALiteral)
1865 // Literal format string found, check done!
1866 return CT == SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001867
Jean-Daniel Dupas2837a2f2012-02-07 23:10:53 +00001868 // Strftime is particular as it always uses a single 'time' argument,
1869 // so it is safe to pass a non-literal string.
1870 if (Type == FST_Strftime)
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001871 return false;
Jean-Daniel Dupas2837a2f2012-02-07 23:10:53 +00001872
Jean-Daniel Dupasce3aa392012-01-30 19:46:17 +00001873 // Do not emit diag when the string param is a macro expansion and the
1874 // format is either NSString or CFString. This is a hack to prevent
1875 // diag when using the NSLocalizedString and CFCopyLocalizedString macros
1876 // which are usually used in place of NS and CF string literals.
Jean-Daniel Dupasdc170202012-05-04 21:08:08 +00001877 if (Type == FST_NSString &&
1878 SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart()))
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001879 return false;
Jean-Daniel Dupasce3aa392012-01-30 19:46:17 +00001880
Chris Lattner655f1412009-04-29 04:59:47 +00001881 // If there are no arguments specified, warn with -Wformat-security, otherwise
1882 // warn only with -Wformat-nonliteral.
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001883 if (NumArgs == format_idx+1)
1884 Diag(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart(),
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001885 diag::warn_format_nonliteral_noargs)
Chris Lattner655f1412009-04-29 04:59:47 +00001886 << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
1887 else
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001888 Diag(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart(),
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001889 diag::warn_format_nonliteral)
Chris Lattner655f1412009-04-29 04:59:47 +00001890 << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001891 return false;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001892}
Ted Kremenek71895b92007-08-14 17:39:48 +00001893
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001894namespace {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001895class CheckFormatHandler : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler {
1896protected:
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001897 Sema &S;
1898 const StringLiteral *FExpr;
1899 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr;
Ted Kremenek6ee76532010-03-25 03:59:12 +00001900 const unsigned FirstDataArg;
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001901 const unsigned NumDataArgs;
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001902 const char *Beg; // Start of format string.
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001903 const bool HasVAListArg;
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001904 const Expr * const *Args;
1905 const unsigned NumArgs;
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001906 unsigned FormatIdx;
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00001907 llvm::BitVector CoveredArgs;
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001908 bool usesPositionalArgs;
1909 bool atFirstArg;
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001910 bool inFunctionCall;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001911public:
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001912 CheckFormatHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
Ted Kremenek6ee76532010-03-25 03:59:12 +00001913 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00001914 unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001915 Expr **args, unsigned numArgs,
1916 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall)
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001917 : S(s), FExpr(fexpr), OrigFormatExpr(origFormatExpr),
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00001918 FirstDataArg(firstDataArg), NumDataArgs(numDataArgs),
1919 Beg(beg), HasVAListArg(hasVAListArg),
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001920 Args(args), NumArgs(numArgs), FormatIdx(formatIdx),
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001921 usesPositionalArgs(false), atFirstArg(true),
1922 inFunctionCall(inFunctionCall) {
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00001923 CoveredArgs.resize(numDataArgs);
1924 CoveredArgs.reset();
1925 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001926
Ted Kremenek07d161f2010-01-29 01:50:07 +00001927 void DoneProcessing();
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001928
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001929 void HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
1930 unsigned specifierLen);
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00001931
1932 void HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
1933 const analyze_format_string::LengthModifier &LM,
1934 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1935
1936 void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
1937 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
1938 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1939
1940 void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecification(
1941 const analyze_format_string::LengthModifier &LM,
1942 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
1943 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1944
Hans Wennborgf8562642012-03-09 10:10:54 +00001945 virtual void HandlePosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen);
1946
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001947 virtual void HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startSpecifier,
1948 unsigned specifierLen,
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001949 analyze_format_string::PositionContext p);
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001950
1951 virtual void HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen);
1952
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001953 void HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter);
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001954
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001955 template <typename Range>
1956 static void EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool inFunctionCall,
1957 const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
1958 PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
1959 SourceLocation StringLoc,
1960 bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
1961 FixItHint Fixit = FixItHint());
1962
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001963protected:
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00001964 bool HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, SourceLocation Loc,
1965 const char *startSpec,
1966 unsigned specifierLen,
1967 const char *csStart, unsigned csLen);
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001968
1969 void HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
1970 const char *startSpec,
1971 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00001972
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00001973 SourceRange getFormatStringRange();
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001974 CharSourceRange getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier,
1975 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001976 SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(const char *x);
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001977
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001978 const Expr *getDataArg(unsigned i) const;
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00001979
1980 bool CheckNumArgs(const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
1981 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
1982 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
1983 unsigned argIndex);
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001984
1985 template <typename Range>
1986 void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
1987 bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
1988 FixItHint Fixit = FixItHint());
1989
1990 void CheckPositionalAndNonpositionalArgs(
1991 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier *FS);
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001992};
1993}
1994
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001995SourceRange CheckFormatHandler::getFormatStringRange() {
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001996 return OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
1997}
1998
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001999CharSourceRange CheckFormatHandler::
2000getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002001 SourceLocation Start = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier);
2002 SourceLocation End = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier + specifierLen - 1);
2003
2004 // Advance the end SourceLocation by one due to half-open ranges.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa64ccef2011-09-19 20:40:19 +00002005 End = End.getLocWithOffset(1);
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002006
2007 return CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Start, End);
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002008}
2009
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002010SourceLocation CheckFormatHandler::getLocationOfByte(const char *x) {
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002011 return S.getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(FExpr, x - Beg);
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002012}
2013
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002014void CheckFormatHandler::HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
2015 unsigned specifierLen){
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002016 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_incomplete_specifier),
2017 getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
2018 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2019 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek808015a2010-01-29 03:16:21 +00002020}
2021
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002022void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
2023 const analyze_format_string::LengthModifier &LM,
2024 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
2025 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard) << LM.toString()
Hans Wennborgf8562642012-03-09 10:10:54 +00002026 << 0,
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002027 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2028 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2029 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2030}
2031
2032void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
2033 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
2034 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
2035 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard) << CS.toString()
Hans Wennborgf8562642012-03-09 10:10:54 +00002036 << 1,
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002037 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2038 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2039 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2040}
2041
2042void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecification(
2043 const analyze_format_string::LengthModifier &LM,
2044 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
2045 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
2046 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec)
2047 << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
2048 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2049 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2050 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2051}
2052
Hans Wennborgf8562642012-03-09 10:10:54 +00002053void CheckFormatHandler::HandlePosition(const char *startPos,
2054 unsigned posLen) {
2055 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard_positional_arg),
2056 getLocationOfByte(startPos),
2057 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2058 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
2059}
2060
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002061void
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002062CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen,
2063 analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002064 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_positional_specifier)
2065 << (unsigned) p,
2066 getLocationOfByte(startPos), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2067 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002068}
2069
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002070void CheckFormatHandler::HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos,
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002071 unsigned posLen) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002072 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_zero_positional_specifier),
2073 getLocationOfByte(startPos),
2074 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2075 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002076}
2077
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002078void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) {
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002079 if (!isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr)) {
Ted Kremenek0c069442011-03-15 21:18:48 +00002080 // The presence of a null character is likely an error.
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002081 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2082 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_contains_null_char),
2083 getLocationOfByte(nullCharacter), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2084 getFormatStringRange());
Ted Kremenek0c069442011-03-15 21:18:48 +00002085 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002086}
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002087
Jordan Rose48716662012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002088// Note that this may return NULL if there was an error parsing or building
2089// one of the argument expressions.
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002090const Expr *CheckFormatHandler::getDataArg(unsigned i) const {
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002091 return Args[FirstDataArg + i];
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002092}
2093
2094void CheckFormatHandler::DoneProcessing() {
2095 // Does the number of data arguments exceed the number of
2096 // format conversions in the format string?
2097 if (!HasVAListArg) {
2098 // Find any arguments that weren't covered.
2099 CoveredArgs.flip();
2100 signed notCoveredArg = CoveredArgs.find_first();
2101 if (notCoveredArg >= 0) {
2102 assert((unsigned)notCoveredArg < NumDataArgs);
Jordan Rose48716662012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002103 if (const Expr *E = getDataArg((unsigned) notCoveredArg)) {
2104 SourceLocation Loc = E->getLocStart();
2105 if (!S.getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(Loc)) {
2106 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_data_arg_not_used),
2107 Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/false,
2108 getFormatStringRange());
2109 }
Bob Wilsonc03f2df2012-05-03 19:47:19 +00002110 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002111 }
2112 }
2113}
2114
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002115bool
2116CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex,
2117 SourceLocation Loc,
2118 const char *startSpec,
2119 unsigned specifierLen,
2120 const char *csStart,
2121 unsigned csLen) {
2122
2123 bool keepGoing = true;
2124 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
2125 // Consider the argument coverered, even though the specifier doesn't
2126 // make sense.
2127 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2128 }
2129 else {
2130 // If argIndex exceeds the number of data arguments we
2131 // don't issue a warning because that is just a cascade of warnings (and
2132 // they may have intended '%%' anyway). We don't want to continue processing
2133 // the format string after this point, however, as we will like just get
2134 // gibberish when trying to match arguments.
2135 keepGoing = false;
2136 }
2137
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002138 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_conversion)
2139 << StringRef(csStart, csLen),
2140 Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2141 getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002142
2143 return keepGoing;
2144}
2145
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002146void
2147CheckFormatHandler::HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
2148 const char *startSpec,
2149 unsigned specifierLen) {
2150 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2151 S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_mix_positional_nonpositional_args),
2152 Loc, /*isStringLoc*/true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
2153}
2154
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002155bool
2156CheckFormatHandler::CheckNumArgs(
2157 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
2158 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
2159 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned argIndex) {
2160
2161 if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002162 PartialDiagnostic PDiag = FS.usesPositionalArg()
2163 ? (S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_positional_arg_exceeds_data_args)
2164 << (argIndex+1) << NumDataArgs)
2165 : S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_insufficient_data_args);
2166 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2167 PDiag, getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2168 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002169 return false;
2170 }
2171 return true;
2172}
2173
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002174template<typename Range>
2175void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
2176 SourceLocation Loc,
2177 bool IsStringLocation,
2178 Range StringRange,
2179 FixItHint FixIt) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002180 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S, inFunctionCall, Args[FormatIdx], PDiag,
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002181 Loc, IsStringLocation, StringRange, FixIt);
2182}
2183
2184/// \brief If the format string is not within the funcion call, emit a note
2185/// so that the function call and string are in diagnostic messages.
2186///
2187/// \param inFunctionCall if true, the format string is within the function
2188/// call and only one diagnostic message will be produced. Otherwise, an
2189/// extra note will be emitted pointing to location of the format string.
2190///
2191/// \param ArgumentExpr the expression that is passed as the format string
2192/// argument in the function call. Used for getting locations when two
2193/// diagnostics are emitted.
2194///
2195/// \param PDiag the callee should already have provided any strings for the
2196/// diagnostic message. This function only adds locations and fixits
2197/// to diagnostics.
2198///
2199/// \param Loc primary location for diagnostic. If two diagnostics are
2200/// required, one will be at Loc and a new SourceLocation will be created for
2201/// the other one.
2202///
2203/// \param IsStringLocation if true, Loc points to the format string should be
2204/// used for the note. Otherwise, Loc points to the argument list and will
2205/// be used with PDiag.
2206///
2207/// \param StringRange some or all of the string to highlight. This is
2208/// templated so it can accept either a CharSourceRange or a SourceRange.
2209///
2210/// \param Fixit optional fix it hint for the format string.
2211template<typename Range>
2212void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool InFunctionCall,
2213 const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
2214 PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
2215 SourceLocation Loc,
2216 bool IsStringLocation,
2217 Range StringRange,
2218 FixItHint FixIt) {
2219 if (InFunctionCall)
2220 S.Diag(Loc, PDiag) << StringRange << FixIt;
2221 else {
2222 S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc() : Loc, PDiag)
2223 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange();
2224 S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? Loc : StringRange.getBegin(),
2225 diag::note_format_string_defined)
2226 << StringRange << FixIt;
2227 }
2228}
2229
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002230//===--- CHECK: Printf format string checking ------------------------------===//
2231
2232namespace {
2233class CheckPrintfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002234 bool ObjCContext;
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002235public:
2236 CheckPrintfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
2237 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002238 unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjC,
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002239 const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002240 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2241 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall)
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002242 : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002243 numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args, NumArgs,
2244 formatIdx, inFunctionCall), ObjCContext(isObjC) {}
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002245
2246
2247 bool HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
2248 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2249 const char *startSpecifier,
2250 unsigned specifierLen);
2251
2252 bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2253 const char *startSpecifier,
2254 unsigned specifierLen);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002255 bool checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2256 const char *StartSpecifier,
2257 unsigned SpecifierLen,
2258 const Expr *E);
2259
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002260 bool HandleAmount(const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, unsigned k,
2261 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
2262 void HandleInvalidAmount(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2263 const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
2264 unsigned type,
2265 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
2266 void HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2267 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2268 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
2269 void HandleIgnoredFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2270 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
2271 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2272 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002273 bool checkForCStrMembers(const analyze_printf::ArgTypeResult &ATR,
2274 const Expr *E, const CharSourceRange &CSR);
2275
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002276};
2277}
2278
2279bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
2280 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2281 const char *startSpecifier,
2282 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002283 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002284 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002285
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002286 return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
2287 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2288 startSpecifier, specifierLen,
2289 CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
Ted Kremenek26ac2e02010-01-29 02:40:24 +00002290}
2291
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002292bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleAmount(
2293 const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt,
2294 unsigned k, const char *startSpecifier,
2295 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002296
2297 if (Amt.hasDataArgument()) {
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002298 if (!HasVAListArg) {
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002299 unsigned argIndex = Amt.getArgIndex();
2300 if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002301 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_missing_arg)
2302 << k,
2303 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2304 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2305 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002306 // Don't do any more checking. We will just emit
2307 // spurious errors.
2308 return false;
2309 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002310
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002311 // Type check the data argument. It should be an 'int'.
Ted Kremenek31f8e322010-01-29 23:32:22 +00002312 // Although not in conformance with C99, we also allow the argument to be
2313 // an 'unsigned int' as that is a reasonably safe case. GCC also
2314 // doesn't emit a warning for that case.
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002315 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2316 const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
Jordan Rose48716662012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002317 if (!Arg)
2318 return false;
2319
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002320 QualType T = Arg->getType();
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002321
2322 const analyze_printf::ArgTypeResult &ATR = Amt.getArgType(S.Context);
2323 assert(ATR.isValid());
2324
2325 if (!ATR.matchesType(S.Context, T)) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002326 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_wrong_type)
Hans Wennborga792aff2011-12-07 10:33:11 +00002327 << k << ATR.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002328 << T << Arg->getSourceRange(),
2329 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2330 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2331 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002332 // Don't do any more checking. We will just emit
2333 // spurious errors.
2334 return false;
2335 }
2336 }
2337 }
2338 return true;
2339}
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002340
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002341void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidAmount(
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002342 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002343 const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
2344 unsigned type,
2345 const char *startSpecifier,
2346 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002347 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
2348 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002349
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002350 FixItHint fixit =
2351 Amt.getHowSpecified() == analyze_printf::OptionalAmount::Constant
2352 ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
2353 Amt.getConstantLength()))
2354 : FixItHint();
2355
2356 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_optional_amount)
2357 << type << CS.toString(),
2358 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2359 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2360 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2361 fixit);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002362}
2363
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002364void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002365 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2366 const char *startSpecifier,
2367 unsigned specifierLen) {
2368 // Warn about pointless flag with a fixit removal.
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002369 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
2370 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002371 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_flag)
2372 << flag.toString() << CS.toString(),
2373 getLocationOfByte(flag.getPosition()),
2374 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2375 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2376 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
2377 getSpecifierRange(flag.getPosition(), 1)));
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002378}
2379
2380void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleIgnoredFlag(
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002381 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002382 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
2383 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2384 const char *startSpecifier,
2385 unsigned specifierLen) {
2386 // Warn about ignored flag with a fixit removal.
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002387 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_ignored_flag)
2388 << ignoredFlag.toString() << flag.toString(),
2389 getLocationOfByte(ignoredFlag.getPosition()),
2390 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2391 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2392 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
2393 getSpecifierRange(ignoredFlag.getPosition(), 1)));
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002394}
2395
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002396// Determines if the specified is a C++ class or struct containing
2397// a member with the specified name and kind (e.g. a CXXMethodDecl named
2398// "c_str()").
2399template<typename MemberKind>
2400static llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1>
2401CXXRecordMembersNamed(StringRef Name, Sema &S, QualType Ty) {
2402 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
2403 llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1> Results;
2404
2405 if (!RT)
2406 return Results;
2407 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
2408 if (!RD)
2409 return Results;
2410
2411 LookupResult R(S, &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get(Name), SourceLocation(),
2412 Sema::LookupMemberName);
2413
2414 // We just need to include all members of the right kind turned up by the
2415 // filter, at this point.
2416 if (S.LookupQualifiedName(R, RT->getDecl()))
2417 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2418 NamedDecl *decl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2419 if (MemberKind *FK = dyn_cast<MemberKind>(decl))
2420 Results.insert(FK);
2421 }
2422 return Results;
2423}
2424
2425// Check if a (w)string was passed when a (w)char* was needed, and offer a
2426// better diagnostic if so. ATR is assumed to be valid.
2427// Returns true when a c_str() conversion method is found.
2428bool CheckPrintfHandler::checkForCStrMembers(
2429 const analyze_printf::ArgTypeResult &ATR, const Expr *E,
2430 const CharSourceRange &CSR) {
2431 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
2432
2433 MethodSet Results =
2434 CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", S, E->getType());
2435
2436 for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
2437 MI != ME; ++MI) {
2438 const CXXMethodDecl *Method = *MI;
2439 if (Method->getNumParams() == 0 &&
2440 ATR.matchesType(S.Context, Method->getResultType())) {
2441 // FIXME: Suggest parens if the expression needs them.
2442 SourceLocation EndLoc =
2443 S.getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
2444 S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_printf_c_str)
2445 << "c_str()"
2446 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ".c_str()");
2447 return true;
2448 }
2449 }
2450
2451 return false;
2452}
2453
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002454bool
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002455CheckPrintfHandler::HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier
Ted Kremenek5c41ee82010-02-11 09:27:41 +00002456 &FS,
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002457 const char *startSpecifier,
2458 unsigned specifierLen) {
2459
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002460 using namespace analyze_format_string;
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002461 using namespace analyze_printf;
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002462 const PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002463
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002464 if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2465 if (atFirstArg) {
2466 atFirstArg = false;
2467 usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
2468 }
2469 else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002470 HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2471 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002472 return false;
2473 }
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002474 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002475
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002476 // First check if the field width, precision, and conversion specifier
2477 // have matching data arguments.
2478 if (!HandleAmount(FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
2479 startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
2480 return false;
2481 }
2482
2483 if (!HandleAmount(FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
2484 startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002485 return false;
2486 }
2487
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002488 if (!CS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2489 // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
2490 // makes no sense. Worth issuing a warning at some point.
Ted Kremenek0e5675d2010-02-10 02:16:30 +00002491 return true;
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002492 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002493
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002494 // Consume the argument.
2495 unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
Ted Kremeneke3fc5472010-02-27 08:34:51 +00002496 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
2497 // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
2498 // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
2499 // function if we encounter some other error.
2500 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2501 }
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002502
2503 // Check for using an Objective-C specific conversion specifier
2504 // in a non-ObjC literal.
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002505 if (!ObjCContext && CS.isObjCArg()) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002506 return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
2507 specifierLen);
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002508 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002509
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002510 // Check for invalid use of field width
2511 if (!FS.hasValidFieldWidth()) {
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002512 HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002513 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2514 }
2515
2516 // Check for invalid use of precision
2517 if (!FS.hasValidPrecision()) {
2518 HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
2519 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2520 }
2521
2522 // Check each flag does not conflict with any other component.
Ted Kremenek65197b42011-01-08 05:28:46 +00002523 if (!FS.hasValidThousandsGroupingPrefix())
2524 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasThousandsGrouping(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002525 if (!FS.hasValidLeadingZeros())
2526 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2527 if (!FS.hasValidPlusPrefix())
2528 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasPlusPrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002529 if (!FS.hasValidSpacePrefix())
2530 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002531 if (!FS.hasValidAlternativeForm())
2532 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasAlternativeForm(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2533 if (!FS.hasValidLeftJustified())
2534 HandleFlag(FS, FS.isLeftJustified(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2535
2536 // Check that flags are not ignored by another flag
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002537 if (FS.hasSpacePrefix() && FS.hasPlusPrefix()) // ' ' ignored by '+'
2538 HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), FS.hasPlusPrefix(),
2539 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002540 if (FS.hasLeadingZeros() && FS.isLeftJustified()) // '0' ignored by '-'
2541 HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), FS.isLeftJustified(),
2542 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2543
2544 // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
2545 const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
2546 if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier())
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002547 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length)
2548 << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
2549 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2550 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2551 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2552 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
2553 getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(),
2554 LM.getLength())));
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002555 if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
2556 HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(LM, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00002557 if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002558 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2559 if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
2560 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecification(LM, CS, startSpecifier,
2561 specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002562
2563 // Are we using '%n'?
Ted Kremenek35d353b2010-07-20 20:04:10 +00002564 if (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::nArg) {
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002565 // Issue a warning about this being a possible security issue.
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002566 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_write_back),
2567 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2568 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2569 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremeneke82d8042010-01-29 01:35:25 +00002570 // Continue checking the other format specifiers.
2571 return true;
2572 }
Ted Kremenek5c41ee82010-02-11 09:27:41 +00002573
Ted Kremenekda51f0d2010-01-29 01:43:31 +00002574 // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
2575 if (HasVAListArg)
2576 return true;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002577
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002578 if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
Ted Kremenekda51f0d2010-01-29 01:43:31 +00002579 return false;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002580
Jordan Rose48716662012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002581 const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
2582 if (!Arg)
2583 return true;
2584
2585 return checkFormatExpr(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, Arg);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002586}
2587
2588bool
2589CheckPrintfHandler::checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2590 const char *StartSpecifier,
2591 unsigned SpecifierLen,
2592 const Expr *E) {
2593 using namespace analyze_format_string;
2594 using namespace analyze_printf;
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002595 // Now type check the data expression that matches the
2596 // format specifier.
Nico Weber339b9072012-01-31 01:43:25 +00002597 const analyze_printf::ArgTypeResult &ATR = FS.getArgType(S.Context,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002598 ObjCContext);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002599 if (ATR.isValid() && !ATR.matchesType(S.Context, E->getType())) {
Jordan Roseee0259d2012-06-04 22:48:57 +00002600 // Look through argument promotions for our error message's reported type.
2601 // This includes the integral and floating promotions, but excludes array
2602 // and function pointer decay; seeing that an argument intended to be a
2603 // string has type 'char [6]' is probably more confusing than 'char *'.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002604 if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
Jordan Roseee0259d2012-06-04 22:48:57 +00002605 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
2606 ICE->getCastKind() == CK_FloatingCast) {
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002607 E = ICE->getSubExpr();
Jordan Roseee0259d2012-06-04 22:48:57 +00002608
2609 // Check if we didn't match because of an implicit cast from a 'char'
2610 // or 'short' to an 'int'. This is done because printf is a varargs
2611 // function.
2612 if (ICE->getType() == S.Context.IntTy ||
2613 ICE->getType() == S.Context.UnsignedIntTy) {
2614 // All further checking is done on the subexpression.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002615 if (ATR.matchesType(S.Context, E->getType()))
Jordan Roseee0259d2012-06-04 22:48:57 +00002616 return true;
2617 }
Ted Kremenek4d8ae4d2010-10-21 04:00:58 +00002618 }
Jordan Roseee0259d2012-06-04 22:48:57 +00002619 }
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002620
2621 // We may be able to offer a FixItHint if it is a supported type.
2622 PrintfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002623 bool success = fixedFS.fixType(E->getType(), S.getLangOpts(),
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002624 S.Context, ObjCContext);
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002625
2626 if (success) {
2627 // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier
Jordan Roseee0259d2012-06-04 22:48:57 +00002628 SmallString<16> buf;
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002629 llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
2630 fixedFS.toString(os);
2631
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002632 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2633 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002634 << ATR.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << E->getType()
2635 << E->getSourceRange(),
2636 E->getLocStart(),
Matt Beaumont-Gayabf145a2012-05-17 00:03:16 +00002637 /*IsStringLocation*/false,
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002638 getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, SpecifierLen),
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002639 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002640 getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, SpecifierLen),
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002641 os.str()));
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002642 } else {
2643 const CharSourceRange &CSR = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier,
2644 SpecifierLen);
2645 // Since the warning for passing non-POD types to variadic functions
2646 // was deferred until now, we emit a warning for non-POD
2647 // arguments here.
2648 if (S.isValidVarArgType(E->getType()) == Sema::VAK_Invalid) {
2649 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2650 S.PDiag(diag::warn_non_pod_vararg_with_format_string)
2651 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x
2652 << E->getType()
2653 << ATR.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
2654 << CSR
2655 << E->getSourceRange(),
2656 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
2657
2658 checkForCStrMembers(ATR, E, CSR);
2659 } else
2660 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2661 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
2662 << ATR.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << E->getType()
2663 << CSR
2664 << E->getSourceRange(),
2665 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002666 }
2667 }
2668
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002669 return true;
2670}
2671
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002672//===--- CHECK: Scanf format string checking ------------------------------===//
2673
2674namespace {
2675class CheckScanfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
2676public:
2677 CheckScanfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
2678 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002679 unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002680 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2681 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall)
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002682 : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002683 numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002684 Args, NumArgs, formatIdx, inFunctionCall) {}
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002685
2686 bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2687 const char *startSpecifier,
2688 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002689
2690 bool HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
2691 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2692 const char *startSpecifier,
2693 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekb7c21012010-07-16 18:28:03 +00002694
2695 void HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, const char *end);
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002696};
Ted Kremenek07d161f2010-01-29 01:50:07 +00002697}
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002698
Ted Kremenekb7c21012010-07-16 18:28:03 +00002699void CheckScanfHandler::HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start,
2700 const char *end) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002701 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_scanlist_incomplete),
2702 getLocationOfByte(end), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2703 getSpecifierRange(start, end - start));
Ted Kremenekb7c21012010-07-16 18:28:03 +00002704}
2705
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002706bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
2707 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2708 const char *startSpecifier,
2709 unsigned specifierLen) {
2710
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002711 const analyze_scanf::ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS =
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002712 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
2713
2714 return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
2715 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2716 startSpecifier, specifierLen,
2717 CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
2718}
2719
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002720bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleScanfSpecifier(
2721 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2722 const char *startSpecifier,
2723 unsigned specifierLen) {
2724
2725 using namespace analyze_scanf;
2726 using namespace analyze_format_string;
2727
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002728 const ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002729
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002730 // Handle case where '%' and '*' don't consume an argument. These shouldn't
2731 // be used to decide if we are using positional arguments consistently.
2732 if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2733 if (atFirstArg) {
2734 atFirstArg = false;
2735 usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
2736 }
2737 else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002738 HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2739 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002740 return false;
2741 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002742 }
2743
2744 // Check if the field with is non-zero.
2745 const OptionalAmount &Amt = FS.getFieldWidth();
2746 if (Amt.getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::Constant) {
2747 if (Amt.getConstantAmount() == 0) {
2748 const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
2749 Amt.getConstantLength());
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002750 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_nonzero_width),
2751 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2752 /*IsStringLocation*/true, R,
2753 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R));
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002754 }
2755 }
2756
2757 if (!FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2758 // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
2759 // makes no sense. Worth issuing a warning at some point.
2760 return true;
2761 }
2762
2763 // Consume the argument.
2764 unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
2765 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
2766 // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
2767 // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
2768 // function if we encounter some other error.
2769 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2770 }
2771
Ted Kremenek1e51c202010-07-20 20:04:47 +00002772 // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
2773 const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
2774 if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier()) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00002775 const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
2776 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length)
2777 << LM.toString() << CS.toString()
2778 << getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2779 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2780 /*IsStringLocation*/true, R,
2781 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R));
Ted Kremenek1e51c202010-07-20 20:04:47 +00002782 }
2783
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002784 if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
2785 HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(LM, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00002786 if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002787 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2788 if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
2789 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecification(LM, CS, startSpecifier,
2790 specifierLen);
2791
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002792 // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
2793 if (HasVAListArg)
2794 return true;
2795
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002796 if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002797 return false;
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002798
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002799 // Check that the argument type matches the format specifier.
2800 const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
Jordan Rose48716662012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002801 if (!Ex)
2802 return true;
2803
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002804 const analyze_scanf::ScanfArgTypeResult &ATR = FS.getArgType(S.Context);
2805 if (ATR.isValid() && !ATR.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType())) {
2806 ScanfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00002807 bool success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), S.getLangOpts(),
Hans Wennborgbe6126a2012-02-15 09:59:46 +00002808 S.Context);
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002809
2810 if (success) {
2811 // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier.
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00002812 SmallString<128> buf;
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002813 llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
2814 fixedFS.toString(os);
2815
2816 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2817 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
2818 << ATR.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
2819 << Ex->getSourceRange(),
Matt Beaumont-Gayabf145a2012-05-17 00:03:16 +00002820 Ex->getLocStart(),
2821 /*IsStringLocation*/false,
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002822 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2823 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
2824 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2825 os.str()));
2826 } else {
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00002827 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2828 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002829 << ATR.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00002830 << Ex->getSourceRange(),
Matt Beaumont-Gayabf145a2012-05-17 00:03:16 +00002831 Ex->getLocStart(),
2832 /*IsStringLocation*/false,
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00002833 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002834 }
2835 }
2836
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002837 return true;
2838}
2839
2840void Sema::CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr,
Ted Kremenek0e5675d2010-02-10 02:16:30 +00002841 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002842 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2843 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00002844 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002845 bool inFunctionCall) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002846
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002847 // CHECK: is the format string a wide literal?
Richard Smithdf9ef1b2012-06-13 05:37:23 +00002848 if (!FExpr->isAscii() && !FExpr->isUTF8()) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002849 CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002850 *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002851 PDiag(diag::warn_format_string_is_wide_literal), FExpr->getLocStart(),
2852 /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002853 return;
2854 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002855
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002856 // Str - The format string. NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002857 StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
Benjamin Kramer2f4eaef2010-08-17 12:54:38 +00002858 const char *Str = StrRef.data();
2859 unsigned StrLen = StrRef.size();
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002860 const unsigned numDataArgs = NumArgs - firstDataArg;
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002861
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002862 // CHECK: empty format string?
Ted Kremenek4cd57912011-09-29 05:52:16 +00002863 if (StrLen == 0 && numDataArgs > 0) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002864 CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002865 *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002866 PDiag(diag::warn_empty_format_string), FExpr->getLocStart(),
2867 /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002868 return;
2869 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002870
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00002871 if (Type == FST_Printf || Type == FST_NSString) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002872 CheckPrintfHandler H(*this, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002873 numDataArgs, (Type == FST_NSString),
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002874 Str, HasVAListArg, Args, NumArgs, format_idx,
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002875 inFunctionCall);
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002876
Hans Wennborgd02deeb2011-12-15 10:25:47 +00002877 if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00002878 getLangOpts()))
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002879 H.DoneProcessing();
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00002880 } else if (Type == FST_Scanf) {
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002881 CheckScanfHandler H(*this, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg, numDataArgs,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002882 Str, HasVAListArg, Args, NumArgs, format_idx,
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002883 inFunctionCall);
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002884
Hans Wennborgd02deeb2011-12-15 10:25:47 +00002885 if (!analyze_format_string::ParseScanfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00002886 getLangOpts()))
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002887 H.DoneProcessing();
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00002888 } // TODO: handle other formats
Ted Kremenekce7024e2010-01-28 01:18:22 +00002889}
2890
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00002891//===--- CHECK: Standard memory functions ---------------------------------===//
2892
Douglas Gregor2a053a32011-05-03 20:05:22 +00002893/// \brief Determine whether the given type is a dynamic class type (e.g.,
2894/// whether it has a vtable).
2895static bool isDynamicClassType(QualType T) {
2896 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
2897 if (CXXRecordDecl *Definition = Record->getDefinition())
2898 if (Definition->isDynamicClass())
2899 return true;
2900
2901 return false;
2902}
2903
Chandler Carrutha72a12f2011-06-21 23:04:20 +00002904/// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument expression,
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002905/// otherwise returns NULL.
2906static const Expr *getSizeOfExprArg(const Expr* E) {
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00002907 if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002908 dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
2909 if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf && !SizeOf->isArgumentType())
2910 return SizeOf->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00002911
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002912 return 0;
2913}
2914
Chandler Carrutha72a12f2011-06-21 23:04:20 +00002915/// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument type.
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002916static QualType getSizeOfArgType(const Expr* E) {
2917 if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
2918 dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
2919 if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf)
2920 return SizeOf->getTypeOfArgument();
2921
2922 return QualType();
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00002923}
2924
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00002925/// \brief Check for dangerous or invalid arguments to memset().
2926///
Chandler Carruth929f0132011-06-03 06:23:57 +00002927/// This issues warnings on known problematic, dangerous or unspecified
Matt Beaumont-Gaycc2f30c2011-08-05 00:22:34 +00002928/// arguments to the standard 'memset', 'memcpy', 'memmove', and 'memcmp'
2929/// function calls.
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00002930///
2931/// \param Call The call expression to diagnose.
Matt Beaumont-Gaycc2f30c2011-08-05 00:22:34 +00002932void Sema::CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002933 unsigned BId,
Matt Beaumont-Gaycc2f30c2011-08-05 00:22:34 +00002934 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002935 assert(BId != 0);
2936
Ted Kremenek1d59f7f2011-04-28 01:38:02 +00002937 // It is possible to have a non-standard definition of memset. Validate
Douglas Gregor707a23e2011-06-16 17:56:04 +00002938 // we have enough arguments, and if not, abort further checking.
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002939 unsigned ExpectedNumArgs = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 2 : 3);
Nico Webercda57822011-10-13 22:30:23 +00002940 if (Call->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs)
Ted Kremenek1d59f7f2011-04-28 01:38:02 +00002941 return;
2942
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002943 unsigned LastArg = (BId == Builtin::BImemset ||
2944 BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
2945 unsigned LenArg = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
Nico Webercda57822011-10-13 22:30:23 +00002946 const Expr *LenExpr = Call->getArg(LenArg)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002947
2948 // We have special checking when the length is a sizeof expression.
2949 QualType SizeOfArgTy = getSizeOfArgType(LenExpr);
2950 const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenExpr);
2951 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID SizeOfArgID;
2952
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00002953 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != LastArg; ++ArgIdx) {
2954 const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00002955 SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->getSourceRange();
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00002956
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00002957 QualType DestTy = Dest->getType();
2958 if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2959 QualType PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType();
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002960
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002961 // Never warn about void type pointers. This can be used to suppress
2962 // false positives.
2963 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00002964 continue;
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00002965
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002966 // Catch "memset(p, 0, sizeof(p))" -- needs to be sizeof(*p). Do this by
2967 // actually comparing the expressions for equality. Because computing the
2968 // expression IDs can be expensive, we only do this if the diagnostic is
2969 // enabled.
2970 if (SizeOfArg &&
2971 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess,
2972 SizeOfArg->getExprLoc())) {
2973 // We only compute IDs for expressions if the warning is enabled, and
2974 // cache the sizeof arg's ID.
2975 if (SizeOfArgID == llvm::FoldingSetNodeID())
2976 SizeOfArg->Profile(SizeOfArgID, Context, true);
2977 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID DestID;
2978 Dest->Profile(DestID, Context, true);
2979 if (DestID == SizeOfArgID) {
Nico Webercda57822011-10-13 22:30:23 +00002980 // TODO: For strncpy() and friends, this could suggest sizeof(dst)
2981 // over sizeof(src) as well.
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002982 unsigned ActionIdx = 0; // Default is to suggest dereferencing.
Anna Zaks6fcb3722012-05-30 00:34:21 +00002983 StringRef ReadableName = FnName->getName();
2984
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002985 if (const UnaryOperator *UnaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Dest))
Anna Zaks90c78322012-05-30 23:14:52 +00002986 if (UnaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002987 ActionIdx = 1; // If its an address-of operator, just remove it.
2988 if (Context.getTypeSize(PointeeTy) == Context.getCharWidth())
2989 ActionIdx = 2; // If the pointee's size is sizeof(char),
2990 // suggest an explicit length.
Anna Zaks6fcb3722012-05-30 00:34:21 +00002991
2992 // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro
2993 // expansion.
2994 SourceLocation SL = SizeOfArg->getExprLoc();
2995 SourceRange DSR = Dest->getSourceRange();
2996 SourceRange SSR = SizeOfArg->getSourceRange();
2997 SourceManager &SM = PP.getSourceManager();
2998
2999 if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
3000 ReadableName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(SL, SM, LangOpts);
3001 SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
3002 DSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getBegin()),
3003 SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getEnd()));
3004 SSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getBegin()),
3005 SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getEnd()));
3006 }
3007
Anna Zaks90c78322012-05-30 23:14:52 +00003008 DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003009 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess)
Anna Zaks6fcb3722012-05-30 00:34:21 +00003010 << ReadableName
Anna Zaks90c78322012-05-30 23:14:52 +00003011 << PointeeTy
3012 << DestTy
Anna Zaks6fcb3722012-05-30 00:34:21 +00003013 << DSR
Anna Zaks90c78322012-05-30 23:14:52 +00003014 << SSR);
3015 DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
3016 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess_note)
3017 << ActionIdx
3018 << SSR);
3019
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003020 break;
3021 }
3022 }
3023
3024 // Also check for cases where the sizeof argument is the exact same
3025 // type as the memory argument, and where it points to a user-defined
3026 // record type.
3027 if (SizeOfArgTy != QualType()) {
3028 if (PointeeTy->isRecordType() &&
3029 Context.typesAreCompatible(SizeOfArgTy, DestTy)) {
3030 DiagRuntimeBehavior(LenExpr->getExprLoc(), Dest,
3031 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_type_memaccess)
3032 << FnName << SizeOfArgTy << ArgIdx
3033 << PointeeTy << Dest->getSourceRange()
3034 << LenExpr->getSourceRange());
3035 break;
3036 }
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003037 }
3038
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003039 // Always complain about dynamic classes.
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003040 if (isDynamicClassType(PointeeTy)) {
3041
3042 unsigned OperationType = 0;
3043 // "overwritten" if we're warning about the destination for any call
3044 // but memcmp; otherwise a verb appropriate to the call.
3045 if (ArgIdx != 0 || BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) {
3046 if (BId == Builtin::BImemcpy)
3047 OperationType = 1;
3048 else if(BId == Builtin::BImemmove)
3049 OperationType = 2;
3050 else if (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp)
3051 OperationType = 3;
3052 }
3053
Matt Beaumont-Gay5c5218e2011-08-19 20:40:18 +00003054 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
3055 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
3056 PDiag(diag::warn_dyn_class_memaccess)
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003057 << (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp ? ArgIdx + 2 : ArgIdx)
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +00003058 << FnName << PointeeTy
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003059 << OperationType
Matt Beaumont-Gay5c5218e2011-08-19 20:40:18 +00003060 << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003061 } else if (PointeeTy.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
3062 BId != Builtin::BImemset)
Matt Beaumont-Gay5c5218e2011-08-19 20:40:18 +00003063 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
3064 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
3065 PDiag(diag::warn_arc_object_memaccess)
3066 << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy
3067 << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003068 else
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003069 continue;
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003070
3071 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
3072 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
Chandler Carruth929f0132011-06-03 06:23:57 +00003073 PDiag(diag::note_bad_memaccess_silence)
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003074 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)"));
3075 break;
3076 }
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003077 }
3078}
3079
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003080// A little helper routine: ignore addition and subtraction of integer literals.
3081// This intentionally does not ignore all integer constant expressions because
3082// we don't want to remove sizeof().
3083static const Expr *ignoreLiteralAdditions(const Expr *Ex, ASTContext &Ctx) {
3084 Ex = Ex->IgnoreParenCasts();
3085
3086 for (;;) {
3087 const BinaryOperator * BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex);
3088 if (!BO || !BO->isAdditiveOp())
3089 break;
3090
3091 const Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
3092 const Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
3093
3094 if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(RHS))
3095 Ex = LHS;
3096 else if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(LHS))
3097 Ex = RHS;
3098 else
3099 break;
3100 }
3101
3102 return Ex;
3103}
3104
3105// Warn if the user has made the 'size' argument to strlcpy or strlcat
3106// be the size of the source, instead of the destination.
3107void Sema::CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
3108 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
3109
3110 // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments
3111 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 3)
3112 return;
3113
3114 const Expr *SrcArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(1), Context);
3115 const Expr *SizeArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(2), Context);
3116 const Expr *CompareWithSrc = NULL;
3117
3118 // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, sizeof(x))'
3119 if (const Expr *Ex = getSizeOfExprArg(SizeArg))
3120 CompareWithSrc = Ex;
3121 else {
3122 // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, strlen(x))'
3123 if (const CallExpr *SizeCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(SizeArg)) {
Richard Smith180f4792011-11-10 06:34:14 +00003124 if (SizeCall->isBuiltinCall() == Builtin::BIstrlen
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003125 && SizeCall->getNumArgs() == 1)
3126 CompareWithSrc = ignoreLiteralAdditions(SizeCall->getArg(0), Context);
3127 }
3128 }
3129
3130 if (!CompareWithSrc)
3131 return;
3132
3133 // Determine if the argument to sizeof/strlen is equal to the source
3134 // argument. In principle there's all kinds of things you could do
3135 // here, for instance creating an == expression and evaluating it with
3136 // EvaluateAsBooleanCondition, but this uses a more direct technique:
3137 const DeclRefExpr *SrcArgDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcArg);
3138 if (!SrcArgDRE)
3139 return;
3140
3141 const DeclRefExpr *CompareWithSrcDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CompareWithSrc);
3142 if (!CompareWithSrcDRE ||
3143 SrcArgDRE->getDecl() != CompareWithSrcDRE->getDecl())
3144 return;
3145
3146 const Expr *OriginalSizeArg = Call->getArg(2);
3147 Diag(CompareWithSrcDRE->getLocStart(), diag::warn_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
3148 << OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange() << FnName;
3149
3150 // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a
3151 // pointer to an array). This could be enhanced to handle some
3152 // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2'
3153 // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'.
3154 const Expr *DstArg = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003155 QualType DstArgTy = DstArg->getType();
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003156
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003157 // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members.
3158 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(DstArgTy)) {
3159 // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1.
3160 if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1)
3161 return;
3162 } else if (!DstArgTy->isVariableArrayType()) {
3163 return;
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003164 }
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003165
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00003166 SmallString<128> sizeString;
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003167 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
3168 OS << "sizeof(";
Douglas Gregor8987b232011-09-27 23:30:47 +00003169 DstArg->printPretty(OS, Context, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003170 OS << ")";
3171
3172 Diag(OriginalSizeArg->getLocStart(), diag::note_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
3173 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange(),
3174 OS.str());
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003175}
3176
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003177/// Check if two expressions refer to the same declaration.
3178static bool referToTheSameDecl(const Expr *E1, const Expr *E2) {
3179 if (const DeclRefExpr *D1 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E1))
3180 if (const DeclRefExpr *D2 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E2))
3181 return D1->getDecl() == D2->getDecl();
3182 return false;
3183}
3184
3185static const Expr *getStrlenExprArg(const Expr *E) {
3186 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
3187 const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
3188 if (!FD || FD->getMemoryFunctionKind() != Builtin::BIstrlen)
3189 return 0;
3190 return CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3191 }
3192 return 0;
3193}
3194
3195// Warn on anti-patterns as the 'size' argument to strncat.
3196// The correct size argument should look like following:
3197// strncat(dst, src, sizeof(dst) - strlen(dest) - 1);
3198void Sema::CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *CE,
3199 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
3200 // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments.
3201 if (CE->getNumArgs() < 3)
3202 return;
3203 const Expr *DstArg = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3204 const Expr *SrcArg = CE->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3205 const Expr *LenArg = CE->getArg(2)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3206
3207 // Identify common expressions, which are wrongly used as the size argument
3208 // to strncat and may lead to buffer overflows.
3209 unsigned PatternType = 0;
3210 if (const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenArg)) {
3211 // - sizeof(dst)
3212 if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, DstArg))
3213 PatternType = 1;
3214 // - sizeof(src)
3215 else if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, SrcArg))
3216 PatternType = 2;
3217 } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LenArg)) {
3218 if (BE->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
3219 const Expr *L = BE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
3220 const Expr *R = BE->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
3221 // - sizeof(dst) - strlen(dst)
3222 if (referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)) &&
3223 referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getStrlenExprArg(R)))
3224 PatternType = 1;
3225 // - sizeof(src) - (anything)
3226 else if (referToTheSameDecl(SrcArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)))
3227 PatternType = 2;
3228 }
3229 }
3230
3231 if (PatternType == 0)
3232 return;
3233
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00003234 // Generate the diagnostic.
3235 SourceLocation SL = LenArg->getLocStart();
3236 SourceRange SR = LenArg->getSourceRange();
3237 SourceManager &SM = PP.getSourceManager();
3238
3239 // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro expansion.
3240 if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
3241 SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
3242 SR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getBegin()),
3243 SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getEnd()));
3244 }
3245
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003246 if (PatternType == 1)
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00003247 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_large_size) << SR;
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003248 else
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00003249 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003250
3251 // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a
3252 // pointer to an array). This could be enhanced to handle some
3253 // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2'
3254 // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'.
3255 QualType DstArgTy = DstArg->getType();
3256
3257 // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members.
3258 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(DstArgTy)) {
3259 // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1.
3260 if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1)
3261 return;
3262 } else if (!DstArgTy->isVariableArrayType()) {
3263 return;
3264 }
3265
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00003266 SmallString<128> sizeString;
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003267 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
3268 OS << "sizeof(";
3269 DstArg->printPretty(OS, Context, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
3270 OS << ") - ";
3271 OS << "strlen(";
3272 DstArg->printPretty(OS, Context, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
3273 OS << ") - 1";
3274
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00003275 Diag(SL, diag::note_strncat_wrong_size)
3276 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SR, OS.str());
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003277}
3278
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003279//===--- CHECK: Return Address of Stack Variable --------------------------===//
3280
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003281static Expr *EvalVal(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
3282 Decl *ParentDecl);
3283static Expr *EvalAddr(Expr* E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
3284 Decl *ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003285
3286/// CheckReturnStackAddr - Check if a return statement returns the address
3287/// of a stack variable.
3288void
3289Sema::CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
3290 SourceLocation ReturnLoc) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003291
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003292 Expr *stackE = 0;
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003293 SmallVector<DeclRefExpr *, 8> refVars;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003294
3295 // Perform checking for returned stack addresses, local blocks,
3296 // label addresses or references to temporaries.
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003297 if (lhsType->isPointerType() ||
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003298 (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && lhsType->isBlockPointerType())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003299 stackE = EvalAddr(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/0);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00003300 } else if (lhsType->isReferenceType()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003301 stackE = EvalVal(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003302 }
3303
3304 if (stackE == 0)
3305 return; // Nothing suspicious was found.
3306
3307 SourceLocation diagLoc;
3308 SourceRange diagRange;
3309 if (refVars.empty()) {
3310 diagLoc = stackE->getLocStart();
3311 diagRange = stackE->getSourceRange();
3312 } else {
3313 // We followed through a reference variable. 'stackE' contains the
3314 // problematic expression but we will warn at the return statement pointing
3315 // at the reference variable. We will later display the "trail" of
3316 // reference variables using notes.
3317 diagLoc = refVars[0]->getLocStart();
3318 diagRange = refVars[0]->getSourceRange();
3319 }
3320
3321 if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(stackE)) { //address of local var.
3322 Diag(diagLoc, lhsType->isReferenceType() ? diag::warn_ret_stack_ref
3323 : diag::warn_ret_stack_addr)
3324 << DR->getDecl()->getDeclName() << diagRange;
3325 } else if (isa<BlockExpr>(stackE)) { // local block.
3326 Diag(diagLoc, diag::err_ret_local_block) << diagRange;
3327 } else if (isa<AddrLabelExpr>(stackE)) { // address of label.
3328 Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_addr_label) << diagRange;
3329 } else { // local temporary.
3330 Diag(diagLoc, lhsType->isReferenceType() ? diag::warn_ret_local_temp_ref
3331 : diag::warn_ret_local_temp_addr)
3332 << diagRange;
3333 }
3334
3335 // Display the "trail" of reference variables that we followed until we
3336 // found the problematic expression using notes.
3337 for (unsigned i = 0, e = refVars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
3338 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(refVars[i]->getDecl());
3339 // If this var binds to another reference var, show the range of the next
3340 // var, otherwise the var binds to the problematic expression, in which case
3341 // show the range of the expression.
3342 SourceRange range = (i < e-1) ? refVars[i+1]->getSourceRange()
3343 : stackE->getSourceRange();
3344 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_ref_var_local_bind)
3345 << VD->getDeclName() << range;
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003346 }
3347}
3348
3349/// EvalAddr - EvalAddr and EvalVal are mutually recursive functions that
3350/// check if the expression in a return statement evaluates to an address
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003351/// to a location on the stack, a local block, an address of a label, or a
3352/// reference to local temporary. The recursion is used to traverse the
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003353/// AST of the return expression, with recursion backtracking when we
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003354/// encounter a subexpression that (1) clearly does not lead to one of the
3355/// above problematic expressions (2) is something we cannot determine leads to
3356/// a problematic expression based on such local checking.
3357///
3358/// Both EvalAddr and EvalVal follow through reference variables to evaluate
3359/// the expression that they point to. Such variables are added to the
3360/// 'refVars' vector so that we know what the reference variable "trail" was.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003361///
Ted Kremeneke8c600f2007-08-28 17:02:55 +00003362/// EvalAddr processes expressions that are pointers that are used as
3363/// references (and not L-values). EvalVal handles all other values.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003364/// At the base case of the recursion is a check for the above problematic
3365/// expressions.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003366///
3367/// This implementation handles:
3368///
3369/// * pointer-to-pointer casts
3370/// * implicit conversions from array references to pointers
3371/// * taking the address of fields
3372/// * arbitrary interplay between "&" and "*" operators
3373/// * pointer arithmetic from an address of a stack variable
3374/// * taking the address of an array element where the array is on the stack
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003375static Expr *EvalAddr(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
3376 Decl *ParentDecl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003377 if (E->isTypeDependent())
3378 return NULL;
3379
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003380 // We should only be called for evaluating pointer expressions.
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003381 assert((E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003382 E->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003383 E->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003384 "EvalAddr only works on pointers");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003385
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00003386 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3387
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003388 // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
3389 // viewed AST node. We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
3390 // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
3391 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003392 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
3393 DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
3394
3395 if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
3396 // If this is a reference variable, follow through to the expression that
3397 // it points to.
3398 if (V->hasLocalStorage() &&
3399 V->getType()->isReferenceType() && V->hasInit()) {
3400 // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
3401 refVars.push_back(DR);
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003402 return EvalAddr(V->getInit(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003403 }
3404
3405 return NULL;
3406 }
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003407
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003408 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3409 // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
3410 // is AddrOf. All others don't make sense as pointers.
3411 UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003412
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003413 if (U->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003414 return EvalVal(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003415 else
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003416 return NULL;
3417 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003418
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003419 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
3420 // Handle pointer arithmetic. All other binary operators are not valid
3421 // in this context.
3422 BinaryOperator *B = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003423 BinaryOperatorKind op = B->getOpcode();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003424
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003425 if (op != BO_Add && op != BO_Sub)
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003426 return NULL;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003427
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003428 Expr *Base = B->getLHS();
3429
3430 // Determine which argument is the real pointer base. It could be
3431 // the RHS argument instead of the LHS.
3432 if (!Base->getType()->isPointerType()) Base = B->getRHS();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003433
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003434 assert (Base->getType()->isPointerType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003435 return EvalAddr(Base, refVars, ParentDecl);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003436 }
Steve Naroff61f40a22008-09-10 19:17:48 +00003437
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003438 // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
3439 // valid DeclRefExpr*s. If one of them is valid, we return it.
3440 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
3441 ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003442
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003443 // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
Douglas Gregor9ee5ee82010-10-21 16:21:08 +00003444 if (Expr *lhsExpr = C->getLHS()) {
3445 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
3446 if (!lhsExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003447 if (Expr* LHS = EvalAddr(lhsExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
Douglas Gregor9ee5ee82010-10-21 16:21:08 +00003448 return LHS;
3449 }
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003450
Douglas Gregor9ee5ee82010-10-21 16:21:08 +00003451 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
3452 if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
3453 return NULL;
3454
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003455 return EvalAddr(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003456 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003457
3458 case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
John McCall469a1eb2011-02-02 13:00:07 +00003459 if (cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003460 return E; // local block.
3461 return NULL;
3462
3463 case Stmt::AddrLabelExprClass:
3464 return E; // address of label.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003465
John McCall80ee6e82011-11-10 05:35:25 +00003466 case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003467 return EvalAddr(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
3468 ParentDecl);
John McCall80ee6e82011-11-10 05:35:25 +00003469
Ted Kremenek54b52742008-08-07 00:49:01 +00003470 // For casts, we need to handle conversions from arrays to
3471 // pointer values, and pointer-to-pointer conversions.
Douglas Gregor49badde2008-10-27 19:41:14 +00003472 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Douglas Gregor6eec8e82008-10-28 15:36:24 +00003473 case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003474 case Stmt::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman8b9414e2012-02-23 23:04:32 +00003475 case Stmt::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003476 case Stmt::CXXStaticCastExprClass:
3477 case Stmt::CXXDynamicCastExprClass:
Douglas Gregor49badde2008-10-27 19:41:14 +00003478 case Stmt::CXXConstCastExprClass:
3479 case Stmt::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: {
Eli Friedman8b9414e2012-02-23 23:04:32 +00003480 Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
3481 switch (cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind()) {
3482 case CK_BitCast:
3483 case CK_LValueToRValue:
3484 case CK_NoOp:
3485 case CK_BaseToDerived:
3486 case CK_DerivedToBase:
3487 case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
3488 case CK_Dynamic:
3489 case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
3490 case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
3491 case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003492 return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
Eli Friedman8b9414e2012-02-23 23:04:32 +00003493
3494 case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay:
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003495 return EvalVal(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
Eli Friedman8b9414e2012-02-23 23:04:32 +00003496
3497 default:
3498 return 0;
3499 }
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003500 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003501
Douglas Gregor03e80032011-06-21 17:03:29 +00003502 case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
3503 if (Expr *Result = EvalAddr(
3504 cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003505 refVars, ParentDecl))
Douglas Gregor03e80032011-06-21 17:03:29 +00003506 return Result;
3507
3508 return E;
3509
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003510 // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
3511 default:
3512 return NULL;
3513 }
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003514}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003515
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003516
3517/// EvalVal - This function is complements EvalAddr in the mutual recursion.
3518/// See the comments for EvalAddr for more details.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003519static Expr *EvalVal(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
3520 Decl *ParentDecl) {
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003521do {
Ted Kremeneke8c600f2007-08-28 17:02:55 +00003522 // We should only be called for evaluating non-pointer expressions, or
3523 // expressions with a pointer type that are not used as references but instead
3524 // are l-values (e.g., DeclRefExpr with a pointer type).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003525
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003526 // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
3527 // viewed AST node. We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
3528 // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00003529
3530 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003531 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003532 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
3533 ImplicitCastExpr *IE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
John McCall5baba9d2010-08-25 10:28:54 +00003534 if (IE->getValueKind() == VK_LValue) {
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003535 E = IE->getSubExpr();
3536 continue;
3537 }
3538 return NULL;
3539 }
3540
John McCall80ee6e82011-11-10 05:35:25 +00003541 case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003542 return EvalVal(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,ParentDecl);
John McCall80ee6e82011-11-10 05:35:25 +00003543
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00003544 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003545 // When we hit a DeclRefExpr we are looking at code that refers to a
3546 // variable's name. If it's not a reference variable we check if it has
3547 // local storage within the function, and if so, return the expression.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003548 DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003549
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003550 if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
3551 // Check if it refers to itself, e.g. "int& i = i;".
3552 if (V == ParentDecl)
3553 return DR;
3554
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003555 if (V->hasLocalStorage()) {
3556 if (!V->getType()->isReferenceType())
3557 return DR;
3558
3559 // Reference variable, follow through to the expression that
3560 // it points to.
3561 if (V->hasInit()) {
3562 // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
3563 refVars.push_back(DR);
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003564 return EvalVal(V->getInit(), refVars, V);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003565 }
3566 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003567 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003568
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003569 return NULL;
3570 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003571
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003572 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3573 // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
3574 // is Deref. All others don't resolve to a "name." This includes
3575 // handling all sorts of rvalues passed to a unary operator.
3576 UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003577
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003578 if (U->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003579 return EvalAddr(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003580
3581 return NULL;
3582 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003583
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003584 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
3585 // Array subscripts are potential references to data on the stack. We
3586 // retrieve the DeclRefExpr* for the array variable if it indeed
3587 // has local storage.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003588 return EvalAddr(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase(), refVars,ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003589 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003590
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003591 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
3592 // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003593 // non-NULL Expr's. If one is non-NULL, we return it.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003594 ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
3595
Anders Carlsson39073232007-11-30 19:04:31 +00003596 // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
3597 if (Expr *lhsExpr = C->getLHS())
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003598 if (Expr *LHS = EvalVal(lhsExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
Anders Carlsson39073232007-11-30 19:04:31 +00003599 return LHS;
3600
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003601 return EvalVal(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003602 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003603
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003604 // Accesses to members are potential references to data on the stack.
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00003605 case Stmt::MemberExprClass: {
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003606 MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003607
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003608 // Check for indirect access. We only want direct field accesses.
Ted Kremeneka423e812010-09-02 01:12:13 +00003609 if (M->isArrow())
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003610 return NULL;
Ted Kremeneka423e812010-09-02 01:12:13 +00003611
3612 // Check whether the member type is itself a reference, in which case
3613 // we're not going to refer to the member, but to what the member refers to.
3614 if (M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
3615 return NULL;
3616
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003617 return EvalVal(M->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003618 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003619
Douglas Gregor03e80032011-06-21 17:03:29 +00003620 case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
3621 if (Expr *Result = EvalVal(
3622 cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003623 refVars, ParentDecl))
Douglas Gregor03e80032011-06-21 17:03:29 +00003624 return Result;
3625
3626 return E;
3627
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003628 default:
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003629 // Check that we don't return or take the address of a reference to a
3630 // temporary. This is only useful in C++.
3631 if (!E->isTypeDependent() && E->isRValue())
3632 return E;
3633
3634 // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003635 return NULL;
3636 }
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003637} while (true);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003638}
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003639
3640//===--- CHECK: Floating-Point comparisons (-Wfloat-equal) ---------------===//
3641
3642/// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3643/// Issue a warning if these are no self-comparisons, as they are not likely
3644/// to do what the programmer intended.
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003645void Sema::CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003646 Expr* LeftExprSansParen = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
3647 Expr* RightExprSansParen = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003648
3649 // Special case: check for x == x (which is OK).
3650 // Do not emit warnings for such cases.
3651 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
3652 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
3653 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
David Blaikie980343b2012-07-16 20:47:22 +00003654 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003655
3656
Ted Kremenek1b500bb2007-11-29 00:59:04 +00003657 // Special case: check for comparisons against literals that can be exactly
3658 // represented by APFloat. In such cases, do not emit a warning. This
3659 // is a heuristic: often comparison against such literals are used to
3660 // detect if a value in a variable has not changed. This clearly can
3661 // lead to false negatives.
David Blaikie980343b2012-07-16 20:47:22 +00003662 if (FloatingLiteral* FLL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(LeftExprSansParen)) {
3663 if (FLL->isExact())
3664 return;
3665 } else
3666 if (FloatingLiteral* FLR = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(RightExprSansParen))
3667 if (FLR->isExact())
3668 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003669
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003670 // Check for comparisons with builtin types.
David Blaikie980343b2012-07-16 20:47:22 +00003671 if (CallExpr* CL = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
3672 if (CL->isBuiltinCall())
3673 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003674
David Blaikie980343b2012-07-16 20:47:22 +00003675 if (CallExpr* CR = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
3676 if (CR->isBuiltinCall())
3677 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003678
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003679 // Emit the diagnostic.
David Blaikie980343b2012-07-16 20:47:22 +00003680 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_floatingpoint_eq)
3681 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003682}
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003683
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003684//===--- CHECK: Integer mixed-sign comparisons (-Wsign-compare) --------===//
3685//===--- CHECK: Lossy implicit conversions (-Wconversion) --------------===//
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003686
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003687namespace {
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003688
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003689/// Structure recording the 'active' range of an integer-valued
3690/// expression.
3691struct IntRange {
3692 /// The number of bits active in the int.
3693 unsigned Width;
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003694
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003695 /// True if the int is known not to have negative values.
3696 bool NonNegative;
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003697
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003698 IntRange(unsigned Width, bool NonNegative)
3699 : Width(Width), NonNegative(NonNegative)
3700 {}
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003701
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003702 /// Returns the range of the bool type.
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003703 static IntRange forBoolType() {
3704 return IntRange(1, true);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003705 }
3706
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003707 /// Returns the range of an opaque value of the given integral type.
3708 static IntRange forValueOfType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) {
3709 return forValueOfCanonicalType(C,
3710 T->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr());
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003711 }
3712
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003713 /// Returns the range of an opaque value of a canonical integral type.
3714 static IntRange forValueOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003715 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
3716
3717 if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
3718 T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
3719 if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
3720 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003721
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00003722 // For enum types, use the known bit width of the enumerators.
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003723 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) {
3724 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
John McCall5e1cdac2011-10-07 06:10:15 +00003725 if (!Enum->isCompleteDefinition())
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00003726 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), false);
3727
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003728 unsigned NumPositive = Enum->getNumPositiveBits();
3729 unsigned NumNegative = Enum->getNumNegativeBits();
3730
3731 return IntRange(std::max(NumPositive, NumNegative), NumNegative == 0);
3732 }
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003733
3734 const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
3735 assert(BT->isInteger());
3736
3737 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
3738 }
3739
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003740 /// Returns the "target" range of a canonical integral type, i.e.
3741 /// the range of values expressible in the type.
3742 ///
3743 /// This matches forValueOfCanonicalType except that enums have the
3744 /// full range of their type, not the range of their enumerators.
3745 static IntRange forTargetOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
3746 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
3747
3748 if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
3749 T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
3750 if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
3751 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
3752 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Douglas Gregor69ff26b2011-09-08 23:29:05 +00003753 T = C.getCanonicalType(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()).getTypePtr();
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003754
3755 const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
3756 assert(BT->isInteger());
3757
3758 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
3759 }
3760
3761 /// Returns the supremum of two ranges: i.e. their conservative merge.
John McCallc0cd21d2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00003762 static IntRange join(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003763 return IntRange(std::max(L.Width, R.Width),
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003764 L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
3765 }
3766
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003767 /// Returns the infinum of two ranges: i.e. their aggressive merge.
John McCallc0cd21d2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00003768 static IntRange meet(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003769 return IntRange(std::min(L.Width, R.Width),
3770 L.NonNegative || R.NonNegative);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003771 }
3772};
3773
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003774static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, llvm::APSInt &value,
3775 unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003776 if (value.isSigned() && value.isNegative())
3777 return IntRange(value.getMinSignedBits(), false);
3778
3779 if (value.getBitWidth() > MaxWidth)
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00003780 value = value.trunc(MaxWidth);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003781
3782 // isNonNegative() just checks the sign bit without considering
3783 // signedness.
3784 return IntRange(value.getActiveBits(), true);
3785}
3786
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003787static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, APValue &result, QualType Ty,
3788 unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003789 if (result.isInt())
3790 return GetValueRange(C, result.getInt(), MaxWidth);
3791
3792 if (result.isVector()) {
John McCall0acc3112010-01-06 22:57:21 +00003793 IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(0), Ty, MaxWidth);
3794 for (unsigned i = 1, e = result.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) {
3795 IntRange El = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(i), Ty, MaxWidth);
3796 R = IntRange::join(R, El);
3797 }
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003798 return R;
3799 }
3800
3801 if (result.isComplexInt()) {
3802 IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntReal(), MaxWidth);
3803 IntRange I = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntImag(), MaxWidth);
3804 return IntRange::join(R, I);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003805 }
3806
3807 // This can happen with lossless casts to intptr_t of "based" lvalues.
3808 // Assume it might use arbitrary bits.
John McCall0acc3112010-01-06 22:57:21 +00003809 // FIXME: The only reason we need to pass the type in here is to get
3810 // the sign right on this one case. It would be nice if APValue
3811 // preserved this.
Eli Friedman65639282012-01-04 23:13:47 +00003812 assert(result.isLValue() || result.isAddrLabelDiff());
Douglas Gregor5e9ebb32011-05-21 16:28:01 +00003813 return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003814}
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003815
3816/// Pseudo-evaluate the given integer expression, estimating the
3817/// range of values it might take.
3818///
3819/// \param MaxWidth - the width to which the value will be truncated
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003820static IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E, unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003821 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3822
3823 // Try a full evaluation first.
3824 Expr::EvalResult result;
Richard Smith51f47082011-10-29 00:50:52 +00003825 if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, C))
John McCall0acc3112010-01-06 22:57:21 +00003826 return GetValueRange(C, result.Val, E->getType(), MaxWidth);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003827
3828 // I think we only want to look through implicit casts here; if the
3829 // user has an explicit widening cast, we should treat the value as
3830 // being of the new, wider type.
3831 if (ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
Eli Friedmanb17ee5b2011-12-15 02:41:52 +00003832 if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp || CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003833 return GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
3834
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003835 IntRange OutputTypeRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, CE->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003836
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003837 bool isIntegerCast = (CE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast);
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003838
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003839 // Assume that non-integer casts can span the full range of the type.
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003840 if (!isIntegerCast)
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003841 return OutputTypeRange;
3842
3843 IntRange SubRange
3844 = GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(),
3845 std::min(MaxWidth, OutputTypeRange.Width));
3846
3847 // Bail out if the subexpr's range is as wide as the cast type.
3848 if (SubRange.Width >= OutputTypeRange.Width)
3849 return OutputTypeRange;
3850
3851 // Otherwise, we take the smaller width, and we're non-negative if
3852 // either the output type or the subexpr is.
3853 return IntRange(SubRange.Width,
3854 SubRange.NonNegative || OutputTypeRange.NonNegative);
3855 }
3856
3857 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
3858 // If we can fold the condition, just take that operand.
3859 bool CondResult;
3860 if (CO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(CondResult, C))
3861 return GetExprRange(C, CondResult ? CO->getTrueExpr()
3862 : CO->getFalseExpr(),
3863 MaxWidth);
3864
3865 // Otherwise, conservatively merge.
3866 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, CO->getTrueExpr(), MaxWidth);
3867 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, CO->getFalseExpr(), MaxWidth);
3868 return IntRange::join(L, R);
3869 }
3870
3871 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
3872 switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
3873
3874 // Boolean-valued operations are single-bit and positive.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003875 case BO_LAnd:
3876 case BO_LOr:
3877 case BO_LT:
3878 case BO_GT:
3879 case BO_LE:
3880 case BO_GE:
3881 case BO_EQ:
3882 case BO_NE:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003883 return IntRange::forBoolType();
3884
John McCall862ff872011-07-13 06:35:24 +00003885 // The type of the assignments is the type of the LHS, so the RHS
3886 // is not necessarily the same type.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003887 case BO_MulAssign:
3888 case BO_DivAssign:
3889 case BO_RemAssign:
3890 case BO_AddAssign:
3891 case BO_SubAssign:
John McCall862ff872011-07-13 06:35:24 +00003892 case BO_XorAssign:
3893 case BO_OrAssign:
3894 // TODO: bitfields?
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003895 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallc0cd21d2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00003896
John McCall862ff872011-07-13 06:35:24 +00003897 // Simple assignments just pass through the RHS, which will have
3898 // been coerced to the LHS type.
3899 case BO_Assign:
3900 // TODO: bitfields?
3901 return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
3902
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003903 // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003904 case BO_PtrMemD:
3905 case BO_PtrMemI:
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003906 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003907
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003908 // Bitwise-and uses the *infinum* of the two source ranges.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003909 case BO_And:
3910 case BO_AndAssign:
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003911 return IntRange::meet(GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth),
3912 GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth));
3913
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003914 // Left shift gets black-listed based on a judgement call.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003915 case BO_Shl:
John McCall3aae6092010-04-07 01:14:35 +00003916 // ...except that we want to treat '1 << (blah)' as logically
3917 // positive. It's an important idiom.
3918 if (IntegerLiteral *I
3919 = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
3920 if (I->getValue() == 1) {
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003921 IntRange R = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCall3aae6092010-04-07 01:14:35 +00003922 return IntRange(R.Width, /*NonNegative*/ true);
3923 }
3924 }
3925 // fallthrough
3926
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003927 case BO_ShlAssign:
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003928 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003929
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003930 // Right shift by a constant can narrow its left argument.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003931 case BO_Shr:
3932 case BO_ShrAssign: {
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003933 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
3934
3935 // If the shift amount is a positive constant, drop the width by
3936 // that much.
3937 llvm::APSInt shift;
3938 if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(shift, C) &&
3939 shift.isNonNegative()) {
3940 unsigned zext = shift.getZExtValue();
3941 if (zext >= L.Width)
3942 L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
3943 else
3944 L.Width -= zext;
3945 }
3946
3947 return L;
3948 }
3949
3950 // Comma acts as its right operand.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003951 case BO_Comma:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003952 return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
3953
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003954 // Black-list pointer subtractions.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003955 case BO_Sub:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003956 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType())
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003957 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCall00fe7612011-07-14 22:39:48 +00003958 break;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00003959
John McCall00fe7612011-07-14 22:39:48 +00003960 // The width of a division result is mostly determined by the size
3961 // of the LHS.
3962 case BO_Div: {
3963 // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
3964 unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(E->getType());
3965 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
3966
3967 // If the divisor is constant, use that.
3968 llvm::APSInt divisor;
3969 if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(divisor, C)) {
3970 unsigned log2 = divisor.logBase2(); // floor(log_2(divisor))
3971 if (log2 >= L.Width)
3972 L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
3973 else
3974 L.Width = std::min(L.Width - log2, MaxWidth);
3975 return L;
3976 }
3977
3978 // Otherwise, just use the LHS's width.
3979 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
3980 return IntRange(L.Width, L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
3981 }
3982
3983 // The result of a remainder can't be larger than the result of
3984 // either side.
3985 case BO_Rem: {
3986 // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
3987 unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(E->getType());
3988 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
3989 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
3990
3991 IntRange meet = IntRange::meet(L, R);
3992 meet.Width = std::min(meet.Width, MaxWidth);
3993 return meet;
3994 }
3995
3996 // The default behavior is okay for these.
3997 case BO_Mul:
3998 case BO_Add:
3999 case BO_Xor:
4000 case BO_Or:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004001 break;
4002 }
4003
John McCall00fe7612011-07-14 22:39:48 +00004004 // The default case is to treat the operation as if it were closed
4005 // on the narrowest type that encompasses both operands.
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004006 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
4007 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
4008 return IntRange::join(L, R);
4009 }
4010
4011 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
4012 switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
4013 // Boolean-valued operations are white-listed.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004014 case UO_LNot:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004015 return IntRange::forBoolType();
4016
4017 // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004018 case UO_Deref:
4019 case UO_AddrOf: // should be impossible
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004020 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004021
4022 default:
4023 return GetExprRange(C, UO->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
4024 }
4025 }
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +00004026
4027 if (dyn_cast<OffsetOfExpr>(E)) {
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004028 IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +00004029 }
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004030
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004031 if (FieldDecl *BitField = E->getBitField())
4032 return IntRange(BitField->getBitWidthValue(C),
Douglas Gregor5e9ebb32011-05-21 16:28:01 +00004033 BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004034
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004035 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004036}
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004037
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004038static IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004039 return GetExprRange(C, E, C.getIntWidth(E->getType()));
4040}
4041
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004042/// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
4043/// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
4044/// target semantics.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004045static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const llvm::APFloat &value,
4046 const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
4047 const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004048 llvm::APFloat truncated = value;
4049
4050 bool ignored;
4051 truncated.convert(Src, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
4052 truncated.convert(Tgt, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
4053
4054 return truncated.bitwiseIsEqual(value);
4055}
4056
4057/// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
4058/// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
4059/// target semantics.
4060///
4061/// The value might be a vector of floats (or a complex number).
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004062static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const APValue &value,
4063 const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
4064 const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004065 if (value.isFloat())
4066 return IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getFloat(), Src, Tgt);
4067
4068 if (value.isVector()) {
4069 for (unsigned i = 0, e = value.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i)
4070 if (!IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getVectorElt(i), Src, Tgt))
4071 return false;
4072 return true;
4073 }
4074
4075 assert(value.isComplexFloat());
4076 return (IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatReal(), Src, Tgt) &&
4077 IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatImag(), Src, Tgt));
4078}
4079
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004080static void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004081
Ted Kremeneke3b159c2010-09-23 21:43:44 +00004082static bool IsZero(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
4083 // Suppress cases where we are comparing against an enum constant.
4084 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR =
4085 dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
4086 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
4087 return false;
4088
4089 // Suppress cases where the '0' value is expanded from a macro.
4090 if (E->getLocStart().isMacroID())
4091 return false;
4092
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004093 llvm::APSInt Value;
4094 return E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context) && Value == 0;
4095}
4096
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004097static bool HasEnumType(Expr *E) {
4098 // Strip off implicit integral promotions.
4099 while (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis63b57ae2010-10-07 21:52:18 +00004100 if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast &&
4101 ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004102 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis63b57ae2010-10-07 21:52:18 +00004103 E = ICE->getSubExpr();
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004104 }
4105
4106 return E->getType()->isEnumeralType();
4107}
4108
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004109static void CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004110 BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
Douglas Gregor14af91a2010-12-21 07:22:56 +00004111 if (E->isValueDependent())
4112 return;
4113
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004114 if (op == BO_LT && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004115 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004116 << "< 0" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004117 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004118 } else if (op == BO_GE && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004119 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004120 << ">= 0" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004121 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004122 } else if (op == BO_GT && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004123 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004124 << "0 >" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004125 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004126 } else if (op == BO_LE && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004127 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004128 << "0 <=" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004129 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
4130 }
4131}
4132
4133/// Analyze the operands of the given comparison. Implements the
4134/// fallback case from AnalyzeComparison.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004135static void AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004136 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
4137 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004138}
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004139
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004140/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
4141///
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00004142/// \param E the binary operator to check for warnings
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004143static void AnalyzeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004144 // The type the comparison is being performed in.
4145 QualType T = E->getLHS()->getType();
4146 assert(S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, E->getRHS()->getType())
4147 && "comparison with mismatched types");
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004148
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004149 // We don't do anything special if this isn't an unsigned integral
4150 // comparison: we're only interested in integral comparisons, and
4151 // signed comparisons only happen in cases we don't care to warn about.
Douglas Gregor3e026e32011-02-19 22:34:59 +00004152 //
4153 // We also don't care about value-dependent expressions or expressions
4154 // whose result is a constant.
4155 if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation()
4156 || E->isValueDependent() || E->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context))
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004157 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004158
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00004159 Expr *LHS = E->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4160 Expr *RHS = E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004161
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004162 // Check to see if one of the (unmodified) operands is of different
4163 // signedness.
4164 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00004165 if (LHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
4166 assert(!RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() &&
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004167 "unsigned comparison between two signed integer expressions?");
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00004168 signedOperand = LHS;
4169 unsignedOperand = RHS;
4170 } else if (RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
4171 signedOperand = RHS;
4172 unsignedOperand = LHS;
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004173 } else {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004174 CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
4175 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004176 }
4177
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004178 // Otherwise, calculate the effective range of the signed operand.
4179 IntRange signedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, signedOperand);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004180
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004181 // Go ahead and analyze implicit conversions in the operands. Note
4182 // that we skip the implicit conversions on both sides.
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00004183 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, LHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
4184 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, RHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004185
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004186 // If the signed range is non-negative, -Wsign-compare won't fire,
4187 // but we should still check for comparisons which are always true
4188 // or false.
4189 if (signedRange.NonNegative)
4190 return CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004191
4192 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
4193 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
4194 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
4195 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004196 if (E->isEqualityOp()) {
4197 unsigned comparisonWidth = S.Context.getIntWidth(T);
4198 IntRange unsignedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, unsignedOperand);
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004199
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004200 // We should never be unable to prove that the unsigned operand is
4201 // non-negative.
4202 assert(unsignedRange.NonNegative && "unsigned range includes negative?");
4203
4204 if (unsignedRange.Width < comparisonWidth)
4205 return;
4206 }
4207
Douglas Gregor6d3b93d2012-05-01 01:53:49 +00004208 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
4209 S.PDiag(diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison)
4210 << LHS->getType() << RHS->getType()
4211 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange());
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004212}
4213
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004214/// Analyzes an attempt to assign the given value to a bitfield.
4215///
4216/// Returns true if there was something fishy about the attempt.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004217static bool AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(Sema &S, FieldDecl *Bitfield, Expr *Init,
4218 SourceLocation InitLoc) {
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004219 assert(Bitfield->isBitField());
4220 if (Bitfield->isInvalidDecl())
4221 return false;
4222
John McCall91b60142010-11-11 05:33:51 +00004223 // White-list bool bitfields.
4224 if (Bitfield->getType()->isBooleanType())
4225 return false;
4226
Douglas Gregor46ff3032011-02-04 13:09:01 +00004227 // Ignore value- or type-dependent expressions.
4228 if (Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isValueDependent() ||
4229 Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isTypeDependent() ||
4230 Init->isValueDependent() ||
4231 Init->isTypeDependent())
4232 return false;
4233
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004234 Expr *OriginalInit = Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4235
Richard Smith80d4b552011-12-28 19:48:30 +00004236 llvm::APSInt Value;
4237 if (!OriginalInit->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004238 return false;
4239
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004240 unsigned OriginalWidth = Value.getBitWidth();
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004241 unsigned FieldWidth = Bitfield->getBitWidthValue(S.Context);
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004242
4243 if (OriginalWidth <= FieldWidth)
4244 return false;
4245
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00004246 // Compute the value which the bitfield will contain.
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00004247 llvm::APSInt TruncatedValue = Value.trunc(FieldWidth);
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00004248 TruncatedValue.setIsSigned(Bitfield->getType()->isSignedIntegerType());
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004249
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00004250 // Check whether the stored value is equal to the original value.
4251 TruncatedValue = TruncatedValue.extend(OriginalWidth);
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004252 if (Value == TruncatedValue)
4253 return false;
4254
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00004255 // Special-case bitfields of width 1: booleans are naturally 0/1, and
Eli Friedman34ff0622012-02-02 00:40:20 +00004256 // therefore don't strictly fit into a signed bitfield of width 1.
4257 if (FieldWidth == 1 && Value == 1)
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00004258 return false;
4259
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004260 std::string PrettyValue = Value.toString(10);
4261 std::string PrettyTrunc = TruncatedValue.toString(10);
4262
4263 S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_impcast_bitfield_precision_constant)
4264 << PrettyValue << PrettyTrunc << OriginalInit->getType()
4265 << Init->getSourceRange();
4266
4267 return true;
4268}
4269
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004270/// Analyze the given simple or compound assignment for warning-worthy
4271/// operations.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004272static void AnalyzeAssignment(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004273 // Just recurse on the LHS.
4274 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
4275
4276 // We want to recurse on the RHS as normal unless we're assigning to
4277 // a bitfield.
4278 if (FieldDecl *Bitfield = E->getLHS()->getBitField()) {
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004279 if (AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(S, Bitfield, E->getRHS(),
4280 E->getOperatorLoc())) {
4281 // Recurse, ignoring any implicit conversions on the RHS.
4282 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
4283 E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004284 }
4285 }
4286
4287 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
4288}
4289
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004290/// Diagnose an implicit cast; purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004291static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType SourceType, QualType T,
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00004292 SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
4293 bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
4294 if (pruneControlFlow) {
4295 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
4296 S.PDiag(diag)
4297 << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange()
4298 << SourceRange(CContext));
4299 return;
4300 }
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00004301 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag)
4302 << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
4303}
4304
Chandler Carruthe1b02e02011-04-05 06:47:57 +00004305/// Diagnose an implicit cast; purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004306static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00004307 SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
4308 bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
4309 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, E->getType(), T, CContext, diag, pruneControlFlow);
Chandler Carruthe1b02e02011-04-05 06:47:57 +00004310}
4311
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00004312/// Diagnose an implicit cast from a literal expression. Does not warn when the
4313/// cast wouldn't lose information.
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004314void DiagnoseFloatingLiteralImpCast(Sema &S, FloatingLiteral *FL, QualType T,
4315 SourceLocation CContext) {
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00004316 // Try to convert the literal exactly to an integer. If we can, don't warn.
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004317 bool isExact = false;
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00004318 const llvm::APFloat &Value = FL->getValue();
Jeffrey Yasskin3e1ef782011-07-15 17:03:07 +00004319 llvm::APSInt IntegerValue(S.Context.getIntWidth(T),
4320 T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation());
4321 if (Value.convertToInteger(IntegerValue,
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004322 llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &isExact)
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00004323 == llvm::APFloat::opOK && isExact)
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004324 return;
4325
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004326 SmallString<16> PrettySourceValue;
4327 Value.toString(PrettySourceValue);
David Blaikiede7e7b82012-05-15 17:18:27 +00004328 SmallString<16> PrettyTargetValue;
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004329 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
4330 PrettyTargetValue = IntegerValue == 0 ? "false" : "true";
4331 else
David Blaikiede7e7b82012-05-15 17:18:27 +00004332 IntegerValue.toString(PrettyTargetValue);
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004333
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00004334 S.Diag(FL->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer)
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004335 << FL->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType() << PrettySourceValue
4336 << PrettyTargetValue << FL->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004337}
4338
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004339std::string PrettyPrintInRange(const llvm::APSInt &Value, IntRange Range) {
4340 if (!Range.Width) return "0";
4341
4342 llvm::APSInt ValueInRange = Value;
4343 ValueInRange.setIsSigned(!Range.NonNegative);
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00004344 ValueInRange = ValueInRange.trunc(Range.Width);
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004345 return ValueInRange.toString(10);
4346}
4347
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004348void CheckImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004349 SourceLocation CC, bool *ICContext = 0) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004350 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return;
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004351
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004352 const Type *Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).getTypePtr();
4353 const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).getTypePtr();
4354 if (Source == Target) return;
4355 if (Target->isDependentType()) return;
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004356
Chandler Carruth108f7562011-07-26 05:40:03 +00004357 // If the conversion context location is invalid don't complain. We also
4358 // don't want to emit a warning if the issue occurs from the expansion of
4359 // a system macro. The problem is that 'getSpellingLoc()' is slow, so we
4360 // delay this check as long as possible. Once we detect we are in that
4361 // scenario, we just return.
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004362 if (CC.isInvalid())
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004363 return;
4364
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00004365 // Diagnose implicit casts to bool.
4366 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) {
4367 if (isa<StringLiteral>(E))
4368 // Warn on string literal to bool. Checks for string literals in logical
4369 // expressions, for instances, assert(0 && "error here"), is prevented
4370 // by a check in AnalyzeImplicitConversions().
4371 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
4372 diag::warn_impcast_string_literal_to_bool);
Lang Hamese14ca9f2011-12-05 20:49:50 +00004373 if (Source->isFunctionType()) {
4374 // Warn on function to bool. Checks free functions and static member
4375 // functions. Weakly imported functions are excluded from the check,
4376 // since it's common to test their value to check whether the linker
4377 // found a definition for them.
4378 ValueDecl *D = 0;
4379 if (DeclRefExpr* R = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
4380 D = R->getDecl();
4381 } else if (MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
4382 D = M->getMemberDecl();
4383 }
4384
4385 if (D && !D->isWeak()) {
Richard Trieu26b45d82011-12-06 04:48:01 +00004386 if (FunctionDecl* F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
4387 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_function_to_bool)
4388 << F << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CC);
David Blaikie2def7732011-12-09 21:42:37 +00004389 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_bool_silence)
4390 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getExprLoc(), "&");
4391 QualType ReturnType;
4392 UnresolvedSet<4> NonTemplateOverloads;
4393 S.isExprCallable(*E, ReturnType, NonTemplateOverloads);
4394 if (!ReturnType.isNull()
4395 && ReturnType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
4396 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_bool_call)
4397 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
4398 S.getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()), "()");
Richard Trieu26b45d82011-12-06 04:48:01 +00004399 return;
4400 }
Lang Hamese14ca9f2011-12-05 20:49:50 +00004401 }
4402 }
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00004403 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004404
4405 // Strip vector types.
4406 if (isa<VectorType>(Source)) {
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004407 if (!isa<VectorType>(Target)) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004408 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004409 return;
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004410 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_vector_scalar);
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004411 }
Chris Lattnerb792b302011-06-14 04:51:15 +00004412
4413 // If the vector cast is cast between two vectors of the same size, it is
4414 // a bitcast, not a conversion.
4415 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(Source) == S.Context.getTypeSize(Target))
4416 return;
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004417
4418 Source = cast<VectorType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4419 Target = cast<VectorType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4420 }
4421
4422 // Strip complex types.
4423 if (isa<ComplexType>(Source)) {
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004424 if (!isa<ComplexType>(Target)) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004425 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004426 return;
4427
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004428 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_complex_scalar);
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004429 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004430
4431 Source = cast<ComplexType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4432 Target = cast<ComplexType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4433 }
4434
4435 const BuiltinType *SourceBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Source);
4436 const BuiltinType *TargetBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Target);
4437
4438 // If the source is floating point...
4439 if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
4440 // ...and the target is floating point...
4441 if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
4442 // ...then warn if we're dropping FP rank.
4443
4444 // Builtin FP kinds are ordered by increasing FP rank.
4445 if (SourceBT->getKind() > TargetBT->getKind()) {
4446 // Don't warn about float constants that are precisely
4447 // representable in the target type.
4448 Expr::EvalResult result;
Richard Smith51f47082011-10-29 00:50:52 +00004449 if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, S.Context)) {
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004450 // Value might be a float, a float vector, or a float complex.
4451 if (IsSameFloatAfterCast(result.Val,
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004452 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)),
4453 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(SourceBT, 0))))
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004454 return;
4455 }
4456
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004457 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004458 return;
4459
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004460 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_precision);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004461 }
4462 return;
4463 }
4464
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004465 // If the target is integral, always warn.
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004466 if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isInteger()) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004467 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004468 return;
4469
Chandler Carrutha5b93322011-02-17 11:05:49 +00004470 Expr *InnerE = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Matt Beaumont-Gay634c8af2011-09-08 22:30:47 +00004471 // We also want to warn on, e.g., "int i = -1.234"
4472 if (UnaryOperator *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(InnerE))
4473 if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Plus)
4474 InnerE = UOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4475
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004476 if (FloatingLiteral *FL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(InnerE)) {
4477 DiagnoseFloatingLiteralImpCast(S, FL, T, CC);
Chandler Carrutha5b93322011-02-17 11:05:49 +00004478 } else {
4479 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_integer);
4480 }
4481 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004482
4483 return;
4484 }
4485
Richard Trieu1838ca52011-05-29 19:59:02 +00004486 if ((E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)
David Blaikieb26331b2012-06-19 21:19:06 +00004487 == Expr::NPCK_GNUNull) && !Target->isAnyPointerType()
David Blaikie28a5f0c2012-06-21 18:51:10 +00004488 && !Target->isBlockPointerType() && !Target->isMemberPointerType()) {
David Blaikieb1360492012-03-16 20:30:12 +00004489 SourceLocation Loc = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
4490 if (Loc.isMacroID())
4491 Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateExpansionRange(Loc).first;
David Blaikie9fb1ac52012-05-15 21:57:38 +00004492 if (!Loc.isMacroID() || CC.isMacroID())
4493 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer)
4494 << T << clang::SourceRange(CC)
4495 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, S.getFixItZeroLiteralForType(T));
Richard Trieu1838ca52011-05-29 19:59:02 +00004496 }
4497
David Blaikieb26331b2012-06-19 21:19:06 +00004498 if (!Source->isIntegerType() || !Target->isIntegerType())
4499 return;
4500
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004501 // TODO: remove this early return once the false positives for constant->bool
4502 // in templates, macros, etc, are reduced or removed.
4503 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
4504 return;
4505
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004506 IntRange SourceRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, E);
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004507 IntRange TargetRange = IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(S.Context, Target);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004508
4509 if (SourceRange.Width > TargetRange.Width) {
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004510 // If the source is a constant, use a default-on diagnostic.
4511 // TODO: this should happen for bitfield stores, too.
4512 llvm::APSInt Value(32);
4513 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context)) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004514 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004515 return;
4516
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004517 std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
4518 std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
4519
Ted Kremenek5e745da2011-10-22 02:37:33 +00004520 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
4521 S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
4522 << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
4523 << E->getType() << T << E->getSourceRange()
4524 << clang::SourceRange(CC));
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004525 return;
4526 }
4527
Chris Lattnerb792b302011-06-14 04:51:15 +00004528 // People want to build with -Wshorten-64-to-32 and not -Wconversion.
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004529 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004530 return;
4531
David Blaikie37050842012-04-12 22:40:54 +00004532 if (TargetRange.Width == 32 && S.Context.getIntWidth(E->getType()) == 64)
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00004533 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_64_32,
4534 /* pruneControlFlow */ true);
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004535 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004536 }
4537
4538 if ((TargetRange.NonNegative && !SourceRange.NonNegative) ||
4539 (!TargetRange.NonNegative && SourceRange.NonNegative &&
4540 SourceRange.Width == TargetRange.Width)) {
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004541
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004542 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004543 return;
4544
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004545 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign;
4546
4547 // Traditionally, gcc has warned about this under -Wsign-compare.
4548 // We also want to warn about it in -Wconversion.
4549 // So if -Wconversion is off, use a completely identical diagnostic
4550 // in the sign-compare group.
4551 // The conditional-checking code will
4552 if (ICContext) {
4553 DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional;
4554 *ICContext = true;
4555 }
4556
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004557 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, DiagID);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004558 }
4559
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004560 // Diagnose conversions between different enumeration types.
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00004561 // In C, we pretend that the type of an EnumConstantDecl is its enumeration
4562 // type, to give us better diagnostics.
4563 QualType SourceType = E->getType();
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004564 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00004565 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
4566 if (EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
4567 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
4568 SourceType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
4569 Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(SourceType).getTypePtr();
4570 }
4571 }
4572
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004573 if (const EnumType *SourceEnum = Source->getAs<EnumType>())
4574 if (const EnumType *TargetEnum = Target->getAs<EnumType>())
4575 if ((SourceEnum->getDecl()->getIdentifier() ||
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00004576 SourceEnum->getDecl()->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) &&
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004577 (TargetEnum->getDecl()->getIdentifier() ||
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00004578 TargetEnum->getDecl()->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) &&
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004579 SourceEnum != TargetEnum) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004580 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004581 return;
4582
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00004583 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, SourceType, T, CC,
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004584 diag::warn_impcast_different_enum_types);
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004585 }
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004586
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004587 return;
4588}
4589
David Blaikie9fb1ac52012-05-15 21:57:38 +00004590void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
4591 SourceLocation CC, QualType T);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004592
4593void CheckConditionalOperand(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004594 SourceLocation CC, bool &ICContext) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004595 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4596
4597 if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E))
David Blaikie9fb1ac52012-05-15 21:57:38 +00004598 return CheckConditionalOperator(S, cast<ConditionalOperator>(E), CC, T);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004599
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004600 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004601 if (E->getType() != T)
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004602 return CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC, &ICContext);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004603 return;
4604}
4605
David Blaikie9fb1ac52012-05-15 21:57:38 +00004606void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
4607 SourceLocation CC, QualType T) {
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004608 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getCond(), CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004609
4610 bool Suspicious = false;
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004611 CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getTrueExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
4612 CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getFalseExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004613
4614 // If -Wconversion would have warned about either of the candidates
4615 // for a signedness conversion to the context type...
4616 if (!Suspicious) return;
4617
4618 // ...but it's currently ignored...
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08274082010-12-15 18:44:22 +00004619 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional,
4620 CC))
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004621 return;
4622
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004623 // ...then check whether it would have warned about either of the
4624 // candidates for a signedness conversion to the condition type.
Richard Trieu52541612011-07-21 02:46:28 +00004625 if (E->getType() == T) return;
4626
4627 Suspicious = false;
4628 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getTrueExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
4629 E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
4630 if (!Suspicious)
4631 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getFalseExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004632 E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004633}
4634
4635/// AnalyzeImplicitConversions - Find and report any interesting
4636/// implicit conversions in the given expression. There are a couple
4637/// of competing diagnostics here, -Wconversion and -Wsign-compare.
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004638void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *OrigE, SourceLocation CC) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004639 QualType T = OrigE->getType();
4640 Expr *E = OrigE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4641
Douglas Gregorf8b6e152011-10-10 17:38:18 +00004642 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4643 return;
4644
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004645 // For conditional operators, we analyze the arguments as if they
4646 // were being fed directly into the output.
4647 if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
4648 ConditionalOperator *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
David Blaikie9fb1ac52012-05-15 21:57:38 +00004649 CheckConditionalOperator(S, CO, CC, T);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004650 return;
4651 }
4652
4653 // Go ahead and check any implicit conversions we might have skipped.
4654 // The non-canonical typecheck is just an optimization;
4655 // CheckImplicitConversion will filter out dead implicit conversions.
4656 if (E->getType() != T)
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004657 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004658
4659 // Now continue drilling into this expression.
4660
4661 // Skip past explicit casts.
4662 if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
4663 E = cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004664 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004665 }
4666
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004667 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
4668 // Do a somewhat different check with comparison operators.
4669 if (BO->isComparisonOp())
4670 return AnalyzeComparison(S, BO);
4671
Eli Friedman0fa06382012-01-26 23:34:06 +00004672 // And with simple assignments.
4673 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign)
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004674 return AnalyzeAssignment(S, BO);
4675 }
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004676
4677 // These break the otherwise-useful invariant below. Fortunately,
4678 // we don't really need to recurse into them, because any internal
4679 // expressions should have been analyzed already when they were
4680 // built into statements.
4681 if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) return;
4682
4683 // Don't descend into unevaluated contexts.
Peter Collingbournef4e3cfb2011-03-11 19:24:49 +00004684 if (isa<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) return;
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004685
4686 // Now just recurse over the expression's children.
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004687 CC = E->getExprLoc();
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00004688 BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
4689 bool IsLogicalOperator = BO && BO->isLogicalOp();
4690 for (Stmt::child_range I = E->children(); I; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor54042f12012-02-09 10:18:50 +00004691 Expr *ChildExpr = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(*I);
Douglas Gregor503384f2012-02-09 00:47:04 +00004692 if (!ChildExpr)
4693 continue;
4694
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00004695 if (IsLogicalOperator &&
4696 isa<StringLiteral>(ChildExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
4697 // Ignore checking string literals that are in logical operators.
4698 continue;
4699 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, ChildExpr, CC);
4700 }
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004701}
4702
4703} // end anonymous namespace
4704
4705/// Diagnoses "dangerous" implicit conversions within the given
4706/// expression (which is a full expression). Implements -Wconversion
4707/// and -Wsign-compare.
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004708///
4709/// \param CC the "context" location of the implicit conversion, i.e.
4710/// the most location of the syntactic entity requiring the implicit
4711/// conversion
4712void Sema::CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004713 // Don't diagnose in unevaluated contexts.
4714 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated)
4715 return;
4716
4717 // Don't diagnose for value- or type-dependent expressions.
4718 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4719 return;
4720
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004721 // Check for array bounds violations in cases where the check isn't triggered
4722 // elsewhere for other Expr types (like BinaryOperators), e.g. when an
4723 // ArraySubscriptExpr is on the RHS of a variable initialization.
4724 CheckArrayAccess(E);
4725
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004726 // This is not the right CC for (e.g.) a variable initialization.
4727 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(*this, E, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004728}
4729
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004730void Sema::CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc,
4731 FieldDecl *BitField,
4732 Expr *Init) {
4733 (void) AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(*this, BitField, Init, InitLoc);
4734}
4735
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004736/// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given
4737/// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This
4738/// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the
4739/// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function
4740/// parameters are complete.
Douglas Gregor82aa7132010-11-01 18:37:59 +00004741bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **P, ParmVarDecl **PEnd,
4742 bool CheckParameterNames) {
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004743 bool HasInvalidParm = false;
Douglas Gregor82aa7132010-11-01 18:37:59 +00004744 for (; P != PEnd; ++P) {
4745 ParmVarDecl *Param = *P;
4746
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004747 // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a
4748 // function declarator that is part of a function definition of
4749 // that function shall not have incomplete type.
4750 //
4751 // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6.
4752 if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
4753 RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(),
Douglas Gregord10099e2012-05-04 16:32:21 +00004754 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004755 Param->setInvalidDecl();
4756 HasInvalidParm = true;
4757 }
4758
4759 // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the
4760 // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier.
Douglas Gregor82aa7132010-11-01 18:37:59 +00004761 if (CheckParameterNames &&
4762 Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004763 !Param->isImplicit() &&
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004764 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004765 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
Sam Weinigd17e3402010-02-01 05:02:49 +00004766
4767 // C99 6.7.5.3p12:
4768 // If the function declarator is not part of a definition of that
4769 // function, parameters may have incomplete type and may use the [*]
4770 // notation in their sequences of declarator specifiers to specify
4771 // variable length array types.
4772 QualType PType = Param->getOriginalType();
4773 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(PType)) {
4774 if (AT->getSizeModifier() == ArrayType::Star) {
4775 // FIXME: This diagnosic should point the the '[*]' if source-location
4776 // information is added for it.
4777 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_array_star_in_function_definition);
4778 }
4779 }
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004780 }
4781
4782 return HasInvalidParm;
4783}
John McCallb7f4ffe2010-08-12 21:44:57 +00004784
4785/// CheckCastAlign - Implements -Wcast-align, which warns when a
4786/// pointer cast increases the alignment requirements.
4787void Sema::CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange) {
4788 // This is actually a lot of work to potentially be doing on every
4789 // cast; don't do it if we're ignoring -Wcast_align (as is the default).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08274082010-12-15 18:44:22 +00004790 if (getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_cast_align,
4791 TRange.getBegin())
David Blaikied6471f72011-09-25 23:23:43 +00004792 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
John McCallb7f4ffe2010-08-12 21:44:57 +00004793 return;
4794
4795 // Ignore dependent types.
4796 if (T->isDependentType() || Op->getType()->isDependentType())
4797 return;
4798
4799 // Require that the destination be a pointer type.
4800 const PointerType *DestPtr = T->getAs<PointerType>();
4801 if (!DestPtr) return;
4802
4803 // If the destination has alignment 1, we're done.
4804 QualType DestPointee = DestPtr->getPointeeType();
4805 if (DestPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
4806 CharUnits DestAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(DestPointee);
4807 if (DestAlign.isOne()) return;
4808
4809 // Require that the source be a pointer type.
4810 const PointerType *SrcPtr = Op->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
4811 if (!SrcPtr) return;
4812 QualType SrcPointee = SrcPtr->getPointeeType();
4813
4814 // Whitelist casts from cv void*. We already implicitly
4815 // whitelisted casts to cv void*, since they have alignment 1.
4816 // Also whitelist casts involving incomplete types, which implicitly
4817 // includes 'void'.
4818 if (SrcPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
4819
4820 CharUnits SrcAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(SrcPointee);
4821 if (SrcAlign >= DestAlign) return;
4822
4823 Diag(TRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_cast_align)
4824 << Op->getType() << T
4825 << static_cast<unsigned>(SrcAlign.getQuantity())
4826 << static_cast<unsigned>(DestAlign.getQuantity())
4827 << TRange << Op->getSourceRange();
4828}
4829
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004830static const Type* getElementType(const Expr *BaseExpr) {
4831 const Type* EltType = BaseExpr->getType().getTypePtr();
4832 if (EltType->isAnyPointerType())
4833 return EltType->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
4834 else if (EltType->isArrayType())
4835 return EltType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
4836 return EltType;
4837}
4838
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00004839/// \brief Check whether this array fits the idiom of a size-one tail padded
4840/// array member of a struct.
4841///
4842/// We avoid emitting out-of-bounds access warnings for such arrays as they are
4843/// commonly used to emulate flexible arrays in C89 code.
4844static bool IsTailPaddedMemberArray(Sema &S, llvm::APInt Size,
4845 const NamedDecl *ND) {
4846 if (Size != 1 || !ND) return false;
4847
4848 const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ND);
4849 if (!FD) return false;
4850
4851 // Don't consider sizes resulting from macro expansions or template argument
4852 // substitution to form C89 tail-padded arrays.
Sean Callanand2cf3482012-05-04 18:22:53 +00004853
4854 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
Ted Kremenek00e1f6f2012-05-09 05:35:08 +00004855 while (TInfo) {
4856 TypeLoc TL = TInfo->getTypeLoc();
4857 // Look through typedefs.
4858 const TypedefTypeLoc *TTL = dyn_cast<TypedefTypeLoc>(&TL);
4859 if (TTL) {
4860 const TypedefNameDecl *TDL = TTL->getTypedefNameDecl();
4861 TInfo = TDL->getTypeSourceInfo();
4862 continue;
4863 }
4864 ConstantArrayTypeLoc CTL = cast<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>(TL);
4865 const Expr *SizeExpr = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(CTL.getSizeExpr());
Sean Callanand2cf3482012-05-04 18:22:53 +00004866 if (!SizeExpr || SizeExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID())
4867 return false;
Ted Kremenek00e1f6f2012-05-09 05:35:08 +00004868 break;
Sean Callanand2cf3482012-05-04 18:22:53 +00004869 }
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00004870
4871 const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext());
Matt Beaumont-Gay381711c2011-11-29 22:43:53 +00004872 if (!RD) return false;
4873 if (RD->isUnion()) return false;
4874 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
4875 if (!CRD->isStandardLayout()) return false;
4876 }
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00004877
Benjamin Kramer22d4fed2011-08-06 03:04:42 +00004878 // See if this is the last field decl in the record.
4879 const Decl *D = FD;
4880 while ((D = D->getNextDeclInContext()))
4881 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
4882 return false;
4883 return true;
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00004884}
4885
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004886void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00004887 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE,
Richard Smith25b009a2011-12-16 19:31:14 +00004888 bool AllowOnePastEnd, bool IndexNegated) {
Eli Friedman92b670e2012-02-27 21:21:40 +00004889 IndexExpr = IndexExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00004890 if (IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
4891 return;
4892
Matt Beaumont-Gay8ef8f432011-12-12 22:35:02 +00004893 const Type *EffectiveType = getElementType(BaseExpr);
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004894 BaseExpr = BaseExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00004895 const ConstantArrayType *ArrayTy =
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004896 Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseExpr->getType());
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00004897 if (!ArrayTy)
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00004898 return;
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00004899
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00004900 llvm::APSInt index;
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00004901 if (!IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Context))
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00004902 return;
Richard Smith25b009a2011-12-16 19:31:14 +00004903 if (IndexNegated)
4904 index = -index;
Ted Kremenek8fd0a5d2011-02-16 04:01:44 +00004905
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00004906 const NamedDecl *ND = NULL;
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00004907 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
4908 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00004909 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00004910 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00004911
Ted Kremenek9e060ca2011-02-23 23:06:04 +00004912 if (index.isUnsigned() || !index.isNegative()) {
Ted Kremenek25b3b842011-02-18 02:27:00 +00004913 llvm::APInt size = ArrayTy->getSize();
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00004914 if (!size.isStrictlyPositive())
4915 return;
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004916
4917 const Type* BaseType = getElementType(BaseExpr);
Nico Weberde5998f2011-09-17 22:59:41 +00004918 if (BaseType != EffectiveType) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004919 // Make sure we're comparing apples to apples when comparing index to size
4920 uint64_t ptrarith_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(EffectiveType);
4921 uint64_t array_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(BaseType);
Kaelyn Uhraind10f4bc2011-08-10 19:47:25 +00004922 // Handle ptrarith_typesize being zero, such as when casting to void*
Kaelyn Uhrain18f16972011-08-10 18:49:28 +00004923 if (!ptrarith_typesize) ptrarith_typesize = 1;
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004924 if (ptrarith_typesize != array_typesize) {
4925 // There's a cast to a different size type involved
4926 uint64_t ratio = array_typesize / ptrarith_typesize;
4927 // TODO: Be smarter about handling cases where array_typesize is not a
4928 // multiple of ptrarith_typesize
4929 if (ptrarith_typesize * ratio == array_typesize)
4930 size *= llvm::APInt(size.getBitWidth(), ratio);
4931 }
4932 }
4933
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00004934 if (size.getBitWidth() > index.getBitWidth())
Eli Friedman92b670e2012-02-27 21:21:40 +00004935 index = index.zext(size.getBitWidth());
Ted Kremenek25b3b842011-02-18 02:27:00 +00004936 else if (size.getBitWidth() < index.getBitWidth())
Eli Friedman92b670e2012-02-27 21:21:40 +00004937 size = size.zext(index.getBitWidth());
Ted Kremenek25b3b842011-02-18 02:27:00 +00004938
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004939 // For array subscripting the index must be less than size, but for pointer
4940 // arithmetic also allow the index (offset) to be equal to size since
4941 // computing the next address after the end of the array is legal and
4942 // commonly done e.g. in C++ iterators and range-based for loops.
Eli Friedman92b670e2012-02-27 21:21:40 +00004943 if (AllowOnePastEnd ? index.ule(size) : index.ult(size))
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00004944 return;
4945
4946 // Also don't warn for arrays of size 1 which are members of some
4947 // structure. These are often used to approximate flexible arrays in C89
4948 // code.
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004949 if (IsTailPaddedMemberArray(*this, size, ND))
Ted Kremenek8fd0a5d2011-02-16 04:01:44 +00004950 return;
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00004951
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00004952 // Suppress the warning if the subscript expression (as identified by the
4953 // ']' location) and the index expression are both from macro expansions
4954 // within a system header.
4955 if (ASE) {
4956 SourceLocation RBracketLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
4957 ASE->getRBracketLoc());
4958 if (SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(RBracketLoc)) {
4959 SourceLocation IndexLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
4960 IndexExpr->getLocStart());
4961 if (SourceMgr.isFromSameFile(RBracketLoc, IndexLoc))
4962 return;
4963 }
4964 }
4965
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004966 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_bounds;
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00004967 if (ASE)
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004968 DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_exceeds_bounds;
4969
4970 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
4971 PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
4972 << size.toString(10, true)
4973 << (unsigned)size.getLimitedValue(~0U)
4974 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00004975 } else {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004976 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_precedes_bounds;
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00004977 if (!ASE) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004978 DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_precedes_bounds;
4979 if (index.isNegative()) index = -index;
4980 }
4981
4982 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
4983 PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
4984 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00004985 }
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00004986
Matt Beaumont-Gaycfbc5b52011-11-29 19:27:11 +00004987 if (!ND) {
4988 // Try harder to find a NamedDecl to point at in the note.
4989 while (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE =
4990 dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(BaseExpr))
4991 BaseExpr = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts();
4992 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
4993 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
4994 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
4995 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
4996 }
4997
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00004998 if (ND)
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004999 DiagRuntimeBehavior(ND->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
5000 PDiag(diag::note_array_index_out_of_bounds)
5001 << ND->getDeclName());
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00005002}
5003
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00005004void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *expr) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005005 int AllowOnePastEnd = 0;
5006 while (expr) {
5007 expr = expr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00005008 switch (expr->getStmtClass()) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005009 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
5010 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(expr);
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005011 CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getIdx(), ASE,
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005012 AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00005013 return;
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005014 }
5015 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5016 // Only unwrap the * and & unary operators
5017 const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(expr);
5018 expr = UO->getSubExpr();
5019 switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
5020 case UO_AddrOf:
5021 AllowOnePastEnd++;
5022 break;
5023 case UO_Deref:
5024 AllowOnePastEnd--;
5025 break;
5026 default:
5027 return;
5028 }
5029 break;
5030 }
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00005031 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
5032 const ConditionalOperator *cond = cast<ConditionalOperator>(expr);
5033 if (const Expr *lhs = cond->getLHS())
5034 CheckArrayAccess(lhs);
5035 if (const Expr *rhs = cond->getRHS())
5036 CheckArrayAccess(rhs);
5037 return;
5038 }
5039 default:
5040 return;
5041 }
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00005042 }
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00005043}
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005044
5045//===--- CHECK: Objective-C retain cycles ----------------------------------//
5046
5047namespace {
5048 struct RetainCycleOwner {
5049 RetainCycleOwner() : Variable(0), Indirect(false) {}
5050 VarDecl *Variable;
5051 SourceRange Range;
5052 SourceLocation Loc;
5053 bool Indirect;
5054
5055 void setLocsFrom(Expr *e) {
5056 Loc = e->getExprLoc();
5057 Range = e->getSourceRange();
5058 }
5059 };
5060}
5061
5062/// Consider whether capturing the given variable can possibly lead to
5063/// a retain cycle.
5064static bool considerVariable(VarDecl *var, Expr *ref, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
5065 // In ARC, it's captured strongly iff the variable has __strong
5066 // lifetime. In MRR, it's captured strongly if the variable is
5067 // __block and has an appropriate type.
5068 if (var->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
5069 return false;
5070
5071 owner.Variable = var;
5072 owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
5073 return true;
5074}
5075
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00005076static bool findRetainCycleOwner(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005077 while (true) {
5078 e = e->IgnoreParens();
5079 if (CastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(e)) {
5080 switch (cast->getCastKind()) {
5081 case CK_BitCast:
5082 case CK_LValueBitCast:
5083 case CK_LValueToRValue:
John McCall33e56f32011-09-10 06:18:15 +00005084 case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005085 e = cast->getSubExpr();
5086 continue;
5087
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005088 default:
5089 return false;
5090 }
5091 }
5092
5093 if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(e)) {
5094 ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = ref->getDecl();
5095 if (ivar->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
5096 return false;
5097
5098 // Try to find a retain cycle in the base.
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00005099 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(S, ref->getBase(), owner))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005100 return false;
5101
5102 if (ref->isFreeIvar()) owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
5103 owner.Indirect = true;
5104 return true;
5105 }
5106
5107 if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
5108 VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ref->getDecl());
5109 if (!var) return false;
5110 return considerVariable(var, ref, owner);
5111 }
5112
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005113 if (MemberExpr *member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
5114 if (member->isArrow()) return false;
5115
5116 // Don't count this as an indirect ownership.
5117 e = member->getBase();
5118 continue;
5119 }
5120
John McCall4b9c2d22011-11-06 09:01:30 +00005121 if (PseudoObjectExpr *pseudo = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(e)) {
5122 // Only pay attention to pseudo-objects on property references.
5123 ObjCPropertyRefExpr *pre
5124 = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(pseudo->getSyntacticForm()
5125 ->IgnoreParens());
5126 if (!pre) return false;
5127 if (pre->isImplicitProperty()) return false;
5128 ObjCPropertyDecl *property = pre->getExplicitProperty();
5129 if (!property->isRetaining() &&
5130 !(property->getPropertyIvarDecl() &&
5131 property->getPropertyIvarDecl()->getType()
5132 .getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong))
5133 return false;
5134
5135 owner.Indirect = true;
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00005136 if (pre->isSuperReceiver()) {
5137 owner.Variable = S.getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
5138 if (!owner.Variable)
5139 return false;
5140 owner.Loc = pre->getLocation();
5141 owner.Range = pre->getSourceRange();
5142 return true;
5143 }
John McCall4b9c2d22011-11-06 09:01:30 +00005144 e = const_cast<Expr*>(cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(pre->getBase())
5145 ->getSourceExpr());
5146 continue;
5147 }
5148
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005149 // Array ivars?
5150
5151 return false;
5152 }
5153}
5154
5155namespace {
5156 struct FindCaptureVisitor : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor> {
5157 FindCaptureVisitor(ASTContext &Context, VarDecl *variable)
5158 : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor>(Context),
5159 Variable(variable), Capturer(0) {}
5160
5161 VarDecl *Variable;
5162 Expr *Capturer;
5163
5164 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *ref) {
5165 if (ref->getDecl() == Variable && !Capturer)
5166 Capturer = ref;
5167 }
5168
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005169 void VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref) {
5170 if (Capturer) return;
5171 Visit(ref->getBase());
5172 if (Capturer && ref->isFreeIvar())
5173 Capturer = ref;
5174 }
5175
5176 void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *block) {
5177 // Look inside nested blocks
5178 if (block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(Variable))
5179 Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
5180 }
5181 };
5182}
5183
5184/// Check whether the given argument is a block which captures a
5185/// variable.
5186static Expr *findCapturingExpr(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
5187 assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
5188
5189 e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
5190 BlockExpr *block = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(e);
5191 if (!block || !block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(owner.Variable))
5192 return 0;
5193
5194 FindCaptureVisitor visitor(S.Context, owner.Variable);
5195 visitor.Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
5196 return visitor.Capturer;
5197}
5198
5199static void diagnoseRetainCycle(Sema &S, Expr *capturer,
5200 RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
5201 assert(capturer);
5202 assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
5203
5204 S.Diag(capturer->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arc_retain_cycle)
5205 << owner.Variable << capturer->getSourceRange();
5206 S.Diag(owner.Loc, diag::note_arc_retain_cycle_owner)
5207 << owner.Indirect << owner.Range;
5208}
5209
5210/// Check for a keyword selector that starts with the word 'add' or
5211/// 'set'.
5212static bool isSetterLikeSelector(Selector sel) {
5213 if (sel.isUnarySelector()) return false;
5214
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00005215 StringRef str = sel.getNameForSlot(0);
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005216 while (!str.empty() && str.front() == '_') str = str.substr(1);
Ted Kremenek968a0ee2011-12-01 00:59:21 +00005217 if (str.startswith("set"))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005218 str = str.substr(3);
Ted Kremenek968a0ee2011-12-01 00:59:21 +00005219 else if (str.startswith("add")) {
5220 // Specially whitelist 'addOperationWithBlock:'.
5221 if (sel.getNumArgs() == 1 && str.startswith("addOperationWithBlock"))
5222 return false;
5223 str = str.substr(3);
5224 }
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005225 else
5226 return false;
5227
5228 if (str.empty()) return true;
5229 return !islower(str.front());
5230}
5231
5232/// Check a message send to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
5233void Sema::checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg) {
5234 // Only check instance methods whose selector looks like a setter.
5235 if (!msg->isInstanceMessage() || !isSetterLikeSelector(msg->getSelector()))
5236 return;
5237
5238 // Try to find a variable that the receiver is strongly owned by.
5239 RetainCycleOwner owner;
5240 if (msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::Instance) {
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00005241 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, msg->getInstanceReceiver(), owner))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005242 return;
5243 } else {
5244 assert(msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance);
5245 owner.Variable = getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
5246 owner.Loc = msg->getSuperLoc();
5247 owner.Range = msg->getSuperLoc();
5248 }
5249
5250 // Check whether the receiver is captured by any of the arguments.
5251 for (unsigned i = 0, e = msg->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
5252 if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, msg->getArg(i), owner))
5253 return diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
5254}
5255
5256/// Check a property assign to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
5257void Sema::checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument) {
5258 RetainCycleOwner owner;
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00005259 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, receiver, owner))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005260 return;
5261
5262 if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, argument, owner))
5263 diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
5264}
5265
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005266bool Sema::checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005267 QualType LHS, Expr *RHS) {
5268 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHS.getObjCLifetime();
5269 if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && LT != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005270 return false;
5271 // strip off any implicit cast added to get to the one arc-specific
5272 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
John McCall33e56f32011-09-10 06:18:15 +00005273 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005274 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign)
Fariborz Jahanianbd2e27e2012-07-06 21:09:27 +00005275 << (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) << 1
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005276 << RHS->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005277 return true;
5278 }
5279 RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
5280 }
5281 return false;
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005282}
5283
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005284void Sema::checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
5285 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00005286 QualType LHSType;
5287 // PropertyRef on LHS type need be directly obtained from
5288 // its declaration as it has a PsuedoType.
5289 ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE
5290 = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(LHS->IgnoreParens());
5291 if (PRE && !PRE->isImplicitProperty()) {
5292 const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
5293 if (PD)
5294 LHSType = PD->getType();
5295 }
5296
5297 if (LHSType.isNull())
5298 LHSType = LHS->getType();
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005299 if (checkUnsafeAssigns(Loc, LHSType, RHS))
5300 return;
5301 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHSType.getObjCLifetime();
5302 // FIXME. Check for other life times.
5303 if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
5304 return;
5305
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00005306 if (PRE) {
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005307 if (PRE->isImplicitProperty())
5308 return;
5309 const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
5310 if (!PD)
5311 return;
5312
5313 unsigned Attributes = PD->getPropertyAttributes();
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00005314 if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) {
5315 // when 'assign' attribute was not explicitly specified
5316 // by user, ignore it and rely on property type itself
5317 // for lifetime info.
5318 unsigned AsWrittenAttr = PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten();
5319 if (!(AsWrittenAttr & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) &&
5320 LHSType->isObjCRetainableType())
5321 return;
5322
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005323 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
John McCall33e56f32011-09-10 06:18:15 +00005324 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005325 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_property_assign)
5326 << RHS->getSourceRange();
5327 return;
5328 }
5329 RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
5330 }
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00005331 }
Fariborz Jahanianbd2e27e2012-07-06 21:09:27 +00005332 else if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak) {
5333 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
5334 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
5335 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign)
5336 << 0 << 0<< RHS->getSourceRange();
5337 return;
5338 }
5339 RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
5340 }
5341 }
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005342 }
5343}
Dmitri Gribenko625bb562012-02-14 22:14:32 +00005344
5345//===--- CHECK: Empty statement body (-Wempty-body) ---------------------===//
5346
5347namespace {
5348bool ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(const SourceManager &SourceMgr,
5349 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
5350 const NullStmt *Body) {
5351 // Do not warn if the body is a macro that expands to nothing, e.g:
5352 //
5353 // #define CALL(x)
5354 // if (condition)
5355 // CALL(0);
5356 //
5357 if (Body->hasLeadingEmptyMacro())
5358 return false;
5359
5360 // Get line numbers of statement and body.
5361 bool StmtLineInvalid;
5362 unsigned StmtLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(StmtLoc,
5363 &StmtLineInvalid);
5364 if (StmtLineInvalid)
5365 return false;
5366
5367 bool BodyLineInvalid;
5368 unsigned BodyLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getSemiLoc(),
5369 &BodyLineInvalid);
5370 if (BodyLineInvalid)
5371 return false;
5372
5373 // Warn if null statement and body are on the same line.
5374 if (StmtLine != BodyLine)
5375 return false;
5376
5377 return true;
5378}
5379} // Unnamed namespace
5380
5381void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
5382 const Stmt *Body,
5383 unsigned DiagID) {
5384 // Since this is a syntactic check, don't emit diagnostic for template
5385 // instantiations, this just adds noise.
5386 if (CurrentInstantiationScope)
5387 return;
5388
5389 // The body should be a null statement.
5390 const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
5391 if (!NBody)
5392 return;
5393
5394 // Do the usual checks.
5395 if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
5396 return;
5397
5398 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
5399 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
5400}
5401
5402void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
5403 const Stmt *PossibleBody) {
5404 assert(!CurrentInstantiationScope); // Ensured by caller
5405
5406 SourceLocation StmtLoc;
5407 const Stmt *Body;
5408 unsigned DiagID;
5409 if (const ForStmt *FS = dyn_cast<ForStmt>(S)) {
5410 StmtLoc = FS->getRParenLoc();
5411 Body = FS->getBody();
5412 DiagID = diag::warn_empty_for_body;
5413 } else if (const WhileStmt *WS = dyn_cast<WhileStmt>(S)) {
5414 StmtLoc = WS->getCond()->getSourceRange().getEnd();
5415 Body = WS->getBody();
5416 DiagID = diag::warn_empty_while_body;
5417 } else
5418 return; // Neither `for' nor `while'.
5419
5420 // The body should be a null statement.
5421 const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
5422 if (!NBody)
5423 return;
5424
5425 // Skip expensive checks if diagnostic is disabled.
5426 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(DiagID, NBody->getSemiLoc()) ==
5427 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5428 return;
5429
5430 // Do the usual checks.
5431 if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
5432 return;
5433
5434 // `for(...);' and `while(...);' are popular idioms, so in order to keep
5435 // noise level low, emit diagnostics only if for/while is followed by a
5436 // CompoundStmt, e.g.:
5437 // for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
5438 // {
5439 // a(i);
5440 // }
5441 // or if for/while is followed by a statement with more indentation
5442 // than for/while itself:
5443 // for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
5444 // a(i);
5445 bool ProbableTypo = isa<CompoundStmt>(PossibleBody);
5446 if (!ProbableTypo) {
5447 bool BodyColInvalid;
5448 unsigned BodyCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
5449 PossibleBody->getLocStart(),
5450 &BodyColInvalid);
5451 if (BodyColInvalid)
5452 return;
5453
5454 bool StmtColInvalid;
5455 unsigned StmtCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
5456 S->getLocStart(),
5457 &StmtColInvalid);
5458 if (StmtColInvalid)
5459 return;
5460
5461 if (BodyCol > StmtCol)
5462 ProbableTypo = true;
5463 }
5464
5465 if (ProbableTypo) {
5466 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
5467 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
5468 }
5469}